This is a beginning to intermediate level course. After completing this course, mental health professionals will be able to:
This course provides an overview of the nature of ADHD, briefly considers its history, describes its developmental course and outcomes, and discusses its causes. Current critical issues related to these matters will be raised along the way. Given the thousands of scientific papers on this topic, this course must, of necessity, concentrate on the most important topics in this literature. Readers interested in more detail can pursue other sources (Accardo, Blondis, Whitman, & Stein, 2001; Barkley, 1998; Weiss & Hechtman, 1993). The author’s theoretical model of ADHD also will be presented, providing a more parsimonious accounting of the many cognitive and social deficits in the disorder that points to numerous promising directions for future research while rendering a deeper appreciation for the developmental significance and seriousness of ADHD. This theory shows that ADHD involves more than just attention deficits – it is also a central problem with inhibition, self-regulation, and the cross-temporal organization of social behavior.
(This course was adapted with permission from the chapter by R. A. Barkley on ADHD in the text by E. J. Mash and R. A. Barkley (2003), Child Psychopathology (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Publications, Guilford.com).
Literary references to individuals having serious problems with inattention, hyperactivity, and poor impulse control date back to Shakespeare, who made reference to a malady of attention in King Henry VIII. A hyperactive child was the focus of a German poem, “Fidgety Phil,” by physician, Heinrich Hoffman (see Stewart, 1970). William James (1890), in his Principles of Psychology, described a normal variant of character that he called the “explosive will” that resembles the difficulties experienced by those who today are called ADHD. But, more serious clinical interest in ADHD children first occurred in three lectures of the English physician George Still (1902) before the Royal Academy of Physicians.
Still reported on a group of 20 children in his clinical practice whom he defined as having a deficit in “volitional inhibition” (p. 1008) that led to a “defect in moral control” (p. 1009) over their own behavior. Described as aggressive, passionate, lawless, inattentive, impulsive, and overactive, many of these children today would be diagnosed not only as ADHD but also as having oppositional defiant disorder (ODD). Still’s observations were quite astute, describing many of the associated features of ADHD that would come to be corroborated in research over the next century: (1) an overrepresentation of male subjects (ratio of 3:1 in Still’s sample); (2) high comorbidity with antisocial conduct and depression; (3) an aggregation of alcoholism, criminal conduct, and depression among the biological relatives; (4) a familial predisposition to the disorder, likely of hereditary origin; (5) yet with the possibility of the disorder also arising from acquired injury to the nervous system.
Interest in these children arose in North America around the time of the great encephalitis epidemics of 1917–1918. Children surviving these brain infections had many behavioral problems similar to those comprising contemporary ADHD (Ebaugh, 1923; Hohman, 1922; Stryker, 1925). These cases and others known to have arisen from birth trauma, head injury, toxin exposure, and infections (see Barkley, 1998) gave rise to the concept of a brain-injured child syndrome (Strauss & Lehtinen, 1947), often associated with mental retardation, that would eventually become applied to children manifesting these same behavior features but without evidence of brain damage or retardation (Dolphin & Cruickshank, 1951; Strauss & Kephardt, 1955). This concept evolved into that of minimal brain damage, and eventually minimal brain dysfunction (MBD), as challenges were raised to the label in view of the dearth of evidence of obvious brain injury in most cases (see Kessler, 1980, for a more detailed history of MBD).
By the 1950-70s, focus shifted away from etiology and toward the more specific behavior of hyperactivity and poor impulse control characterizing these children, reflected in labels such as “hyperkinetic impulse disorder” or “hyperactive child syndrome” (Burks, 1960; Chess, 1960). The disorder was thought to arise from cortical overstimulation due to poor thalamic filtering of stimuli entering the brain (Knobel, Wolman, & Mason, 1959; Laufer, Denhoff, & Solomons, 1957). Despite a continuing belief among clinicians and researchers of this era that the condition had some sort of neurological origin, the larger influence of psychoanalytic thought held sway. And so, when the second edition of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-II) appeared, all childhood disorders were described as “reactions,” and the hyperactive child syndrome became “hyperkinetic reaction of childhood” (American Psychiatric Association, 1968).
The recognition that the disorder was not caused by brain damage seemed to follow a similar argument made somewhat earlier by the prominent child psychiatrist Stella Chess (1960). It set off a major departure between professionals in North America and those in Europe that continues, to a lessening extent, to the present. Europe continued to view hyperkinesis for most of the latter half of this century as a relatively rare condition of extreme overactivity often associated with mental retardation or evidence of organic brain damage. This discrepancy in perspectives has been converging over the last decade as evident in the similarity of the DSM-IV criteria (see below) with those of ICD-10 (World Health Organization, 1994). Nevertheless, the manner in which clinicians and educators view the disorder remains quite disparate; in North America, Canada, and Australia, such children have ADHD, a developmental disorder, whereas in Europe they are viewed as having conduct problem or disorder, a behavioral disturbance believed to arise largely out of family dysfunction and social disadvantage.
By the 1970s, research emphasized the problems with sustained attention and impulse control in addition to hyperactivity (Douglas, 1972). Douglas (1980, 1983) theorized that the disorder had four major deficits: (1) the investment, organization, and maintenance of attention and effort; (2) the ability to inhibit impulsive behavior; (3) the ability to modulate arousal levels to meet situational demands; and (4) an unusually strong inclination to seek immediate reinforcement. Douglas’s emphasis on attention along with the numerous studies of attention, impulsiveness, and other cognitive sequelae that followed (see Douglas, 1983; and Douglas & Peters, 1978, for reviews) eventually led to renaming the disorder as attention deficit disorder (ADD) in 1980 (DSM-III; American Psychiatric Association, 1980). Significant, historically, was the distinction in DSM-III between two types of ADD: those with hyperactivity and those without it. Little research existed at the time on the latter subtype that would have supported such a distinction being made in an official and increasingly prestigious diagnostic taxonomy. Yet, in hindsight, this bald assertion led to valuable research on the differences between these two supposed forms of ADD that otherwise would never have taken place. That research may have been fortuitous, as it may be leading to the conclusion that a subset of those having ADD without hyperactivity may actually a separate, distinct, and qualitatively unique disorder rather than a subtype of ADHD (Milich, Ballantine & Lynam, 2001).
Even so, within a few years of the creation of the label ADD, concern arose that the important features of hyperactivity and impulse control were being de-emphasized when in fact they were critically important to differentiating the disorder from other conditions and to predicting later developmental risks (Barkley, 1998; Weiss & Hechtman, in press). In 1987, the disorder was renamed as attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in DSM-III-R (American Psychiatric Association, 1987), and a single list of items incorporating all three symptoms was specified. Also important here was the placement of the condition of ADD without hyperactivity, renamed undifferentiated attention-deficit disorder, in a separate section of the manual from ADHD with the specification that insufficient research existed to guide in the construction of diagnostic criteria for it at that time.
During the 1980s, reports focused instead on problems with motivation generally, and an insensitivity to response consequences specifically (Barkley, 1989a; Glow & Glow, 1979; Haenlein & Caul, 1987). Research was demonstrating that under conditions of continuous reward, the performances of ADHD children were often indistinguishable from normal children on various lab tasks but when reinforcement patterns shifted to partial reward or to extinction (no reward) conditions, children with ADHD showed significant declines in their performance (Douglas & Parry, 1983, 1994; Parry & Douglas, 1983). It was also observed that deficits in the control of behavior by rules characterized these children (Barkley, 1989a).
Over the past decade, researchers employed information-processing paradigms to study ADHD and found that problems in perception and information processing were not so evident as were problems with motivation and response inhibition (Barkley, Grodzinsky, & DuPaul, 1992; Schachar & Logan, 1990; Sergeant, 1988; Sergeant & Scholten, 1985a, 1985b). The problems with hyperactivity and impulsivity also were found to form a single dimension of behavior (Achenbach & Edelbrock, 1983; Goyette, Conners, & Ulrich, 1978; Lahey et al., 1988), which others described as “disinhibition” (Barkley, 1990). All of this led to the creation of two separate lists of items and thresholds for ADHD when the DSM-IV was published later in the decade (American Psychiatric Association, 1994); one for inattention and another for hyperactive–impulsive behavior. Unlike its predecessor, DSM-III-R, the establishment of the inattention list once again permitted the diagnosis of a subtype of ADHD that consisted principally of problems with attention (ADHD predominantly inattentive type). It also permitted, for the first time, the distinction of a subtype of ADHD that consisted chiefly of hyperactive–impulsive behavior without significant inattention (ADHD, predominantly hyperactive–impulsive type). Children having significant problems from both item lists were titled ADHD, combined type. The specific criteria from DSM-IV are discussed in more detail below (see “Diagnostic Criteria and Related Issues”).
Healthy debate continues to the present over the core deficit(s) in ADHD with increasing weight being given to problems with behavioral inhibition, self-regulation, and the related domain of executive functioning (Barkley, 1997a, 1997b, 2000; Douglas, 1999; Nigg, 2001; Quay, 1997). The symptoms of inattention may actually be evidence of impaired working memory and not perceptual, filtering, or selection (input) problems (Barkley, 1997b, 2006). Likewise, controversy continues to swirl around the place of a subtype composed primarily of inattention within the larger condition of ADHD (see Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 2001, Vol. 8 (4) for a debate on this issue), with some arguing for it being a new, unique disorder from ADHD (Barkley, 2001; Milich et al., 2001) and others arguing that this distinction may be premature (Hinshaw, 2001; Lahey, 2001) or not especially important to treatment planning (Pelham, 2001). Relatively consistent across viewpoints, however, is the opinion that a subset of children having only high levels of inattention probably represents a qualitatively different problem in attention (deficient selective attention and sluggish cognitive processing) than is seen in ADHD (poor persistence, inhibition, and resistance to distraction).
Research employing factor analysis has repeatedly identified two distinct behavioral dimensions underlying the various behavioral problems (symptoms) thought to characterize ADHD in both children (Barkley, 2006; Burns, Boe, Walsh, Sommers-Flanagan, & Teegarden, 2001; DuPaul et al., 1997; Lahey et al., 1994; Pillow, Pelham, Hoza, Molina, & Stultz, 1998) and adults (Barkley, Murphy, & Fischer, 2008). These two dimensions have been identified across various ethnic and cultural groups, including Native American children (Beiser, Dion, & Gotowiec, 2000).
Attention represents a multidimensional construct (Bate, Mathias, & Crawford, 2001; Mirsky, 1996; Strauss, Thompson, Adams, Redline, & Burant, 2000) implying that several qualitatively distinct problems with attention may be evident in children (Barkley, 2001a). The dimension impaired in ADHD reflects an inability to sustain attention or persist at tasks or play activities, remember and follow through on rules and instructions, and resist distractions while doing so. I have elsewhere argued that this dimension more likely reflects problems with the executive function of working memory than poor attention, per se (Barkley, 1997b) and evidence is becoming available to support this contention (Oosterlan, Sheres, & Sergeant, in press; Seguin, Boulerice, Harden, Tremblay, & Pihl, 1999; Wiers, Gunning, & Sergeant, 1998). Parents and teachers frequently complain that these children do not seem to listen as well as they should for their age, cannot concentrate, are easily distracted, fail to finish assignments, are forgetful, and change activities more often than others (DuPaul, Powers, Anastopolous, & Reid, 1999). Research employing objective measures corroborates these complaints through observations of more “off-task” behavior, less work productivity, greater looking away from assigned tasks (including television), less persistence at tedious tasks, such as continuous performance tasks, being slower and less likely to return to an activity once interrupted, less attentive to changes in the rules governing a task, and less capable of shifting attention across tasks flexibly (Borger & van der Meere, 2000; Hoza, Pelham, Waschbusch, Kipp, & Owens, 2001; Lorch et al., 2000; Luk, 1985; Newcorn et al., 2001; Seidman, Biederman, Faraone, Weber, & Ouellette, 1997; Shelton et al., , 1998). This inattentive behavior distinguishes these children from those with learning disabilities (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990) or other psychiatric disorders (Chang et al., 1999; Swaab-Barneveld et al., 2000) and does not appear to be a function of other disorders often comorbid with ADHD (anxiety, depression, or oppositional and conduct problems) (Murphy, Barkley, & Bush, 2001; Klorman et al., 1999; Newcorn et al., 2001; Nigg, 1999; Seidman et al., 1997).
As with attention, inhibition is a multidimensional construct (Nigg, 2000; Olson, Schilling, & Bates, 1999) and thus various, qualitatively distinct forms of inhibitory impairments may eventually be found in children. The problems with inhibition seen in ADHD are thought to involve voluntary or executive inhibition of prepotent responses rather than impulsiveness that may be more motivationally controlled, as in a heightened sensitivity to available reward (reward seeking) or to excessive fear (Nigg, 2001). Some evidence suggests that an excess sensitivity to reward or to sensation seeking may be more associated with severity of conduct disorder or psychopathy than with severity of ADHD (Beauchaine, Katkin, Strassberg, & Snarr, 2001; Dougherty & Quay, 1991; Fischer, Barkley, Smallish, & Fletcher, 2002; Matthys, van Goozen, de Vries, Cohen-Kettenis, & van Engeland, 1998). Evidence is less clear about deficits in automatic or involuntary inhibition, as in eyeblinking or negative priming, being associated with ADHD (Nigg, 2001).
More specifically, ADHD children manifest difficulties with excessive activity level and fidgetiness, less ability to stay seated when required, greater touching of objects, moving about, running, and climbing than other children, playing noisily, talking excessively, acting impulsively, interrupting others’ activities, and being less able than others to wait in line or take turns in games (American Psychiatric Association, 1994). Parents and teachers describe them as acting as if driven by a motor, incessantly in motion, always on the go, and unable to wait for events to occur. Research objectively documents them to be more active than other children (Barkley & Cunningham, 1979a; Dane, Schachar, & Tannock, 2000; Luk, 1985; Porrino et al., 1983; Shelton et al., 1998), to have considerable difficulties with stopping an ongoing behavior (Schachar, Tannock, & Logan, 1993; Milich, Hartung, & Haigler, 1994; Nigg, 1999, 2001; Oosterlaan, Logan, & Sergeant, 1998), to talk more than others (Barkley, Cunningham, & Karlsson, 1983), to interrupt others’ conversations (Malone & Swanson, 1993), to be less able to resist immediate temptations and delay gratification (Anderson, Hinshaw, & Simmel, 1994; Barkley, Edwards, Laneiri, & Metevia, 2001; Olson et al., 1999; Rapport, Tucker, DuPaul, Merlo, & Stoner, 1986; Solanto et al., 2001), and to respond too quickly and too often when they are required to wait and watch for events to happen, as is often seen in impulsive errors on continuous performance tests (Losier, McGrath, & Klein, 1996; Newcorn et al., 2001). Although less frequently examined, the differences in activity and impulsiveness have been found between children with ADHD and those with learning disabilities (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990; Bayliss & Roodenrys, 2000; Klorman et al., 1999; Willcutt et al., 2001). Mounting evidence further shows that these inhibitory deficits are not a function of other psychiatric disorders that may overlap with ADHD (Barkley, Edwards, Laneiri, & Metevia, 2001; Halperin, Matier, Bedi, Sharpin, & Newcorn, 1992; Fischer et al., in press; Murphy, Barkley, & Bush, 2001; Nigg, 1999; Oosterlaan et al., 1998; Seidman et al., 1997).
Interestingly, recent research shows that the problems with inhibition arise first (at age 3–4 years) ahead of those related to inattention (at age 5–7 years), or than the sluggish cognitive tempo that characterizes the predominantly inattentive subtype that may arise even later (ages 8-10) (Hart et al., 1995; Loeber, Green, Lahey, Christ, & Frick, 1992; Milich et al., 2001). Whereas the symptoms of disinhibition in the DSM item lists seem to decline with age, perhaps owing to their heavier weighting with hyperactive than impulsive behavior, those of inattention remain relatively stable during the elementary grades (Hart et al., 1995). But eventually decline by adolescence (Fischer, Barkley, Fletcher, & Smallish, 1993a), though not to normal levels. Why the inattention arises later than the disinhibitory symptoms and does not decline when the latter do over development remains an enigma. As noted above, it may simply reflect the different weightings of symptoms in the DSM. Those of hyperactivity may be more typical of preschool to early school-age children and are over-represented in the DSM list while those reflecting inattention may be more characteristic of school-age children. Another explanation comes from the theoretical model described below (Barkley, 1997b) in which inhibition and the two types of working memory (nonverbal and verbal) emerge at separate times in development.
The symptoms comprising ADHD are greatly affected in their level of severity by a variety of situational and task-related factors (Barkley, 2006). Douglas (1972) commented on the greater variability of task performances made by ADHD compared to control children. Many others since then have found that when the ADHD child must perform multiple trials within a task assessing attention and impulse control, the range of scores around that child’s own mean performance is frequently greater than in normal children (see Douglas, 1983). The finding is especially common in measures of reaction time (Chee, Logan, Schachar, Lindsay, & Wachsmuth, 1989; Fischer et al., 2002; Kuntsi, Oosterlaan, & Stevenson, 2001; Murphy et al., 2001; Scheres, Oosterlaan, & Sergeant, 2001).
A number of other factors influence the ability of children with ADHD to sustain their attention to task performance, control their impulses to act, regulate their activity level, and/or to produce work consistently. The performance of ADHD children is worse: (1) later in the day than earlier (Dane et al., 2000; Porrino et al., 1983; Zagar & Bowers, 1983); (2) in greater task complexity such that organizational strategies are required (Douglas, 1983); (3) when restraint is demanded (Barkley & Ullman, 1975; Luk, 1985); (4) under low levels of stimulation (Antrop, Roeyers, Van Oost, & Buysse, 2000; Zentall, 1985); (5) under more variable schedules of immediate consequences in the task (Carlson, Mann, & Alexander, 2000; Carlson & Tamm, 2000; Douglas & Parry, 1983, 1994; Slusarek, Velling, Bunk, & Eggers, 2001; Tripp & Alsop, 1999); (6) under longer delay periods prior to reinforcement availability (Solanto et al., 2001; Sonuga-Barke, Taylor, & Heppinstall, 1992; Tripp & Alsop, 2001); and (7) in the absence of adult supervision during task performance (Draeger, Prior, & Sanson, 1986; Gomez & Sanson, 1994).
Besides the aforementioned factors, which chiefly apply to task performance, variability has also been documented across more macroscopic settings. For instance, children with ADHD are most problematic in their behavior when persistence in work-related tasks is required (i.e., chores, homework, etc.) or where behavioral restraint is necessary, especially in settings involving public scrutiny (i.e., in church, in restaurants, when a parent is on the phone, etc.) than in free play situations (Altepeter & Breen, 1992; Barkley & Edelbrock, 1987; DuPaul & Barkley, 1992). Although they will be more disruptive when their fathers are at home than during free play, children with ADHD are still rated as much less problematic when the father is at home than in most other contexts. Fluctuations in the severity of ADHD symptoms have also been documented across a variety of school contexts (Barkley & Edelbrock, 1987; DuPaul & Barkley, 1992). In this case, contexts involving task-directed persistence and behavioral restraint (classroom) are the most problematic, with significantly fewer problems posed by contexts involving less work and behavioral restraint (i.e., at lunch, in hallways, at recess, etc.), and even fewer problems being posed during special events (i.e., field trips, assemblies, etc.) (Altepeter & Breen, 1992).
Children with ADHD often demonstrate deficiencies in many other cognitive abilities. Among these, are difficulties with: (1) physical fitness, gross and fine motor coordination, and motor sequencing (Breen, 1989; Denckla & Rudel, 1978; Harvey & Reid, 1997; Kadesjo & Gillberg, 1999; Mariani & Barkley, 1997); (2) speed of color naming (Tannock, Martinussen, & Frijters, 2000); (3) verbal and nonverbal working memory and mental computation (Barkley, 1997; Mariani & Barkley, 1997; Murphy et al., 2001; Zentall & Smith, 1993); (4) story recall (Lorch et al., 2000; Sanchez, Lorch, Milich, & Welsh, 1999); (5) planning and anticipation (Grodzinsky & Diamond, 1992; Klorman et al., 1999); (6) verbal fluency and confrontational communication (Grodzinsky & Diamond, 1992; Zentall, 1988); (5) effort allocation (Douglas, 1983; Nigg et al., 1998; Sergeant & van der Meere, 1994; Voelker, Carter, Sprague, Gdowski, & Lachar, 1989); (6) developing, applying, and self-monitoring organizational strategies (Clark et al., 2000; Hamlett, Pellegrini, & Connors, 1987; Purvis & Tannock, 1997; Zentall, 1988); (7) the internalization of self-directed speech (Berk & Potts, 1991; Copeland, 1979; Winsler, 1998; Winsler, Diaz, Atencio, McCarthy, & Chabay, 2000); (8) adhering to restrictive instructions (Danforth, Barkley, & Stokes, 1991; Roberts, 1990; Routh & Schroeder, 1976); and (9) self-regulation of emotion (Braaten & Rosen, 2000; Hinshaw, Buhrmeister, & Heller, 1989; Maedgen & Carlson, 2000). The latter difficulties with emotional control may be especially salient in children having ADHD with comorbid oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) (Melnick & Hinshaw, 2000). Several studies have also demonstrated that ADHD may be associated with less mature or diminished moral development (Hinshaw, Herbsman, Melnick, Nigg, & Simmel, 1993; Nucci & Herman, 1982; Simmel & Hinshaw, 1993). Many of these cognitive difficulties appear to be specific to ADHD and are not a function of its commonly comorbid disorders, such as learning disabilities, depression, anxiety, or oppositional/conduct disorder (Barkley, Edwards, Lanieri, & Metevia, 2001; Clark, Prior, & Kinsella, 2000; Klorman et al., 1999; Murphy et al., 2001; Nigg, 1999; Nigg et al., 1998).
The commonality among most or all of these seemingly disparate abilities is that all have been considered to fall within the domain of “executive functions” in the field of neuropsychology (Barkley, 1997b; Denckla, 1996) or “metacognition” in developmental psychology (Flavell, 1970; Torgesen, 1994; Welsh & Pennington, 1988), or to be affected by these functions. All seem to be mediated by the frontal cortex, and particularly the prefrontal lobes (Fuster, 1997; Stuss & Benson, 1986). Executive functions have been defined as those neuropsychological processes that permit or assist with human self-regulation (Barkley, 1997b, 2001a, 2001b), which itself has been defined as any behavior by a person that modifies the probability of a subsequent behavior by that person so as to alter the probability of a later consequence (Kanfer & Karoly, 1972). By classifying cognitive actions or thinking as private behavior, one can understand how these private self-directed, cognitive (executive) actions fall within the definition of human self-regulation—they are private behaviors (cognitive acts) that modify other behaviors so as to alter the likelihood of later consequences for the individual. And, by appreciating the role of the frontal lobes generally, and the prefrontal cortex particularly, in these executive abilities, it is easy to see why researchers have repeatedly speculated that ADHD probably arises out of some disturbance or dysfunction of this brain region (Barkley, 1997b; Heilman, Voeller, & Nadeau, 1991; Levin, 1938; Mattes, 1980; Nigg, 2006).
The most recent diagnostic criteria for ADHD as defined in DSM-IV (American Psychiatric Association, 1994) are set forth in Table 1.1. These diagnostic criteria are some of the most rigorous and most empirically derived criteria ever available in the history of clinical diagnosis for this disorder. They were derived from a committee of some of the leading experts in the field, a literature review of ADHD, an informal survey of empirically derived rating scales assessing the behavioral dimensions related to ADHD by the committee, and from statistical analyses of the results of a field trial of the items using 380 children from 10 different sites in North America (Lahey et al., 1994).
Table 1.1: DSM-IV Criteria for ADHD
A. Either (1) or (2):
B. Some hyperactive–impulsive or inattentive symptoms that caused impairment were present before age 7 years.
C. Some impairment from the symptoms is present in two or more settings (e.g., at school [or work] and at home).
D. There must be clear evidence of clinically significant impairment in social, academic, or occupational functioning.
E. The symptoms do not occur exclusively during the course of a Pervasive Developmental Disorder, Schizophrenia, or other Psychotic Disorder and are not better accounted for by another mental disorder (e.g., Mood Disorder, Anxiety Disorder, Dissociative Disorder, or a Personality Disorder).
Code based on type:
Note. From American Psychiatric Association (1994, pp. 83–85). Copyright 1994 by the American Psychiatric Association. Reprinted by permission.
Despite its empirical basis, the DSM criteria have some problems. As noted earlier, evidence is mounting that the predominantly inattentive type of ADHD (ADHD-PI) may be comprised of a rather heterogeneous mix of children, a subset of whom have a qualitatively different disorder of attention and cognitive processing (Milich et al., 2001). This subset is probably not a subtype of ADHD but may represent a separate disorder (Barkley, 1998, 2006; Milich et al., 2001), manifesting a sluggish cognitive style and selective attention deficit, having less comorbidity with oppositional and conduct disorder, demonstrating a more passive style of social relationship, having memory retrieval problems, and, owing to their lower level of impulsiveness, probably having a different, more benign, developmental course. Other children consigned to this subtype may be children who formerly met Combined Type status but with age had a sufficient decline in their hyperactive symptoms to no longer qualify for this subtype. For example, in our follow-up study of hyperactive children, all of whom likely had the Combined Type in childhood, we found that 16 percent of these cases (or 27% of persistent cases) now met criteria only for the Inattentive Type as young adults (Barkley, Fischer et al., 2002). Such cases might best be thought of as residual Combined Types rather than as having the Inattentive subtype. Likewise some children in the latter subtype place just a single symptom or two short of Combined Type status yet resemble the Combined Type, albeit in milder form, in all other respects. Mixing these formerly Combined and subthreshold Combined Type children together into the Inattentive Type is likely to constrain research on the distinctive features of this subtype, its etiology, response to treatments, and developmental course. In agreement with Milich et al. (2001), I believe the subset having hypoactivity, lethargy, and sluggish cognitive tempo should be set aside as a separate disorder from ADHD (Barkley, 2001a).
It is also unclear whether the predominantly hyperactive–impulsive type (ADHD-PHI) is really a separate type from the Combined Type (ADHD-C) or simply an earlier developmental stage of it. The field trial found that ADHD-PHI was primarily comprised of preschool aged children, whereas ADHD-C was primarily school-aged children. As noted above, this is what one would expect to find given that the hyperactive–impulsive symptoms appear first, followed within a few years by those of inattention. If one is going to require that inattention symptoms be part of the diagnostic criteria, then the age of onset for such symptoms will necessitate that ADHD-C have a later age of onset than ADHD-PHI. It seems that these two types may actually be developmental stages of the same type of ADHD.
Are the two separate symptom lists important rather than the one combined list used in DSM-III-R? . Perhaps, but this is unsure because these dimensions are highly correlated with each other and also have substantial shared genetic overlap (McLoughlin et al., 2007).. In the field trial (Lahey et al., 1994), significant levels of inattention mainly predicted additional problems with completing homework that were not as well predicted by the hyperactive–impulsive behavior. Otherwise, the latter predicted most of the other areas of impairment studied in this field trial. Other studies find that childhood symptoms of hyperactivity are related to adverse adolescent outcomes, such as antisocial behavior, substance abuse, and school disciplinary actions, such as suspensions/expulsions (Babinski, Hartsough, & Lambert, 1999). Symptoms of inattention seem to be primarily predictive of impairment in academic achievement, particularly reading, and school performance (DuPaul, Power, Anastopoulos, & Reid, 1998; Fischer, Barkley, Fletcher, & Smallish, 1993b; Weiss & Hechtman, 1993; Rabiner, Coie, and the Conduct Problem Prevention Research Group, 2000). Severity of hyperactive-impulsive behavior is often found to be the dimension of ADHD that more strongly predicts later conduct disorder and so risk for various forms of substance use and abuse (Molina, Smith, & Pelham, 1999). A recent study suggests that adolescent inattention, however, may contribute further to the risk for tobacco use beyond that risk contributed by severity of conduct disorder alone (Burke, Loeber, & Lahey, 2001).
Another critical issue deserving consideration is how well the diagnostic thresholds set for the two symptom lists apply to age groups outside of those used in the field trial (ages 4–16 years, chiefly). This concern arises out of the well-known findings that the behavioral items comprising these lists, particularly those for hyperactivity, decline significantly with age (DuPaul et al., 1998; Hart et al., 1996). Applying the same threshold across such a declining developmental slope could produce a situation where a larger percentage of young preschool aged-children (ages 2–3 years) would be inappropriately diagnosed as ADHD (false positives), whereas a smaller than expected percentage of adults would meet the criteria (false negatives). Support of just such a problem with using these criteria for adults was found in a study (Murphy & Barkley, 1996a) collecting norms for DSM-IV item lists on a large sample of adults, ages 17 to 84 years. The threshold needed to place an individual at the 93rd percentile for that person’s age group declined to four of nine inattention items and five of nine hyperactive–impulsive items for ages 17 to 29 years, then to four of nine on each list for the 30- to 49-year age group, then to three of nine on each list for those 50 years and older. Additional evidence also supports the use of a lower threshold for diagnosis with adults (typically 4 symptoms per list) (Barkley et al., 2008). Studies of the utility of the diagnostic thresholds to preschool children younger than 4 years remain to be done. Until then, it seems prudent to utilize the recommended symptom list thresholds only for children ages 4 to 16 years.
The issue of selecting symptom cutoff scores raises a related conceptual problem for ADHD as well. Is ADHD a static psychopathology, the symptoms of which remain essentially the same regardless of age? Or is it a developmental disorder (delay in rate)? In the latter case it must always be determined by comparison to same-age peers. While the DSM criteria imply that ADHD is a developmental disorder (symptoms must be developmentally inappropriate), it also treats the disorder as a relatively static category by using fixed symptom cutoff scores across all age groups. Available research indicates that ADHD is most likely a dimensional disorder (Levy & Hay, 2001; Nigg, 2006), representing the extreme of or delay in a normal trait(s), and so is akin to other developmental disorders, such as mental retardation. If so, then like all developmental disorders, ADHD reflects a delay in the rate at which a normal trait is developing, not an absolute loss of function, failure to develop, or pathological state. It needs to be diagnosed as a developmentally relative deficit, say for instance the 93rd or 98th percentile in severity of symptoms for age (DuPaul et al., 1999).
This notion of changing symptom thresholds with age raises another critical issue for developing diagnostic criteria for ADHD, and this is the appropriateness of the content of the item set for different developmental periods. Inspection of the item lists suggests that the items for inattention may have a wider developmental applicability across school-age ranges of childhood and even into adolescence and young adulthood. Those for hyperactive-impulsive behavior, in contrast, seem much more applicable to young children and less appropriate or not at all to older teens and adults. Recall from above (Hart et al., 1996) that the symptoms of inattention remain stable across middle childhood into early adolescence, whereas those for hyperactive–impulsive behavior decline significantly over this same course. Although this may represent a true developmental decline in the severity of the latter symptoms, and possibly in the severity and prevalence of ADHD itself, it could also represent an illusory developmental trend. That is, it might be an artifact of using more preschool focused items for hyperactivity and more school age focused items for inattention.
An analogy using mental retardation may be instructive. Consider the following items that might be chosen to assess developmental level in preschool-aged children: being toilet-trained, recognizing colors, counting to 10, repeating 5 digits, buttoning snaps on clothing, recognizing simple geometric shapes, and using a vocabulary repertoire of at least 50 words. Evaluating whether or not a child is able to do these things may prove to be very useful in distinguishing mental deficiency in preschoolers. However, if one continued to use this same item set to assess children with mental deficiency as they grew older, one would find a decline in the severity of the retardation in such children as progressively more items were achieved with age. One would also find that the prevalence of retardation would decline markedly with age as many formerly delayed children “outgrew” these problems. But we know this would be illusory because mental retardation represents a developmentally relative deficit in the achievement of mental and adaptive milestones.
Returning to the diagnosis of ADHD, if the same developmentally restricted item sets are applied throughout development with no attempt to adjust either the thresholds or, more importantly, the types of items developmentally appropriate for different periods, we might see the same results as with the analogy to mental retardation shown here. Similar results are found in ADHD (see below) giving one pause before one interpreting the observed decline in symptom severity (and even the observed decline in apparent prevalence!) as being accurate. As it now stands, ADHD is being defined mainly by one of its earliest developmental manifestations (hyperactivity) and one of its later (school-age) yet secondary sequelae (goal-directed persistence) and only minimally by its central features (inhibition and executive functioning).
Also of concern is the absence of any requirement in the DSM for the symptoms to be corroborated by someone that has known the patient well, such as a parent, sibling, long-time friend, or partner. Most likely, this arises from the focus on children throughout much of the history of the ADHD diagnostic category. Children routinely come to professionals with someone who knows them well (parents). But, in the case of adults who are self-referred to professionals, this oversight could prove potentially problematic (Barkley et al., 2008). For instance, available evidence suggests that ADHD children (Henry, Moffitt, Caspi, Langley, & Silva, 1994) and teens and young adults significantly under-report the severity of their symptoms relative to the reports of parents (Barkley, Fischer et al., 2002; Edwards, Barkley, Laneri, & Metevia, 2001; Fischer et al., 1993b; Gittelman & Mannuzza, 1986; Romano, Tremblay, Vitaro, Zoccolillo, & Pagani, 2001). If this occurs in older adults having ADHD as well, it would mean that self-referred patients might under-estimate the severity of their disorder resulting in a sizable number of false negative decisions being made by clinicians. There is good reason that self-awareness might be limited by this disorder. Neuropsychological research indicates that self-awareness is relatively localized to the prefrontal lobes with disorders affecting this region, such as Alzheimer’s disease, markedly reducing self-awareness (Fuster, 1997; Stuss & Benson, 1986). As evidence reviewed below suggests, under-activity and under-development in these same regions of the brain are likely to be involved in ADHD and so the disorder ought to restrict self-awareness.
These issues are not merely academic. My colleagues and I have been involved in follow-up research with ADHD children into their adulthood and have been impressed at the chronicity of impairments created by the disorder despite an apparent decline in the percentage of cases continuing to meet diagnostic criteria and an apparent decline in the severity of the symptoms used in these criteria (Barkley, Fischer, Edelbrock, & Smallish, 1990; Barkley, Fischer, Smallish, & Fletcher, 2002; Fischer et al., 1993a). Recently, we found that if the formerly ADHD children, who are now adults, are interviewed using the DSM criteria, just 5 percent of them report sufficient symptoms to receive the diagnosis (Barkley, Fischer et al., 2002), a figure nearly identical to that for the New York longitudinal studies (Mannuzza, Klein, Bessler, Malloy, & LaPadula, 1993, 1998). If instead the parents are interviewed, this figure rises to 46% – a nine-fold difference in persistence of disorder as a function of reporting source. If instead of the recommended DSM symptom threshold, one substitutes a developmentally referenced criterion (the 98th percentile) based on same-age control adults, then 12% of the probands now have the disorder as adults based on self-reports while the figure climbs to 66% based on parental reports. Whose reports are more valid of current functioning? We addressed this by examining the relationship of self-reports and parent-reports to various domains of major life activities and outcomes (education, occupational functioning, friendships, crime, etc.). Parent reports made a substantially larger contribution to nearly all outcome domains and did so for more such domains than did self-reports, suggesting that parental reports probably have greater validity. The higher rates of disorder they reported at outcome are probably the more accurate ones. Such adjustments for age and source of reporting, however, do not correct for the potentially increasing inappropriateness of the item sets for this aging sample, and so it is difficult to say how many of those not meeting these adjusted criteria may still have had the disorder.
A different issue pertains to whether or not the criteria should be adjusted for the gender of the children being diagnosed. Research evaluating these and similar item sets demonstrates that male youngsters display more of these items and to a more severe degree than do female youngsters in the general population (Achenbach, 1990; DuPaul et al., 1999). Given that the majority of children in the DSM field trial were boys (Lahey et al., 1994), the symptom threshold chosen in the DSM is most appropriate to males. This results in girls having to meet a higher threshold relative to other girls to be diagnosed as ADHD than do boys relative to other boys. Gender-adjusted thresholds would seem to be in order to address this problem, yet this would evaporate the currently disproportionate male-to-female ratio of 3:1 found across studies (see below).
The requirement of an age of onset for ADHD symptoms (7 years) in the diagnostic criteria has also come under attack from its own field trial (Applegate et al., 1997), a longitudinal study (McGee, Williams, & Feehan, 1992), and a review of this criterion from historical, empirical, and pragmatic perspectives (Barkley & Biederman, 1997). Such a criterion for age of onset suggests that there may be qualitative differences between those who meet the criterion (early onset) and those who do not (late onset). Some results do suggest that those with an onset before age 6 years may have more severe and persistent conditions and more problems with reading and school performance more generally (McGee et al., 1992). But these were matters of degree and not kind in this study. The DSM-IV field trial also was not able to show any clear discontinuities in degree of ADHD or in the types of impairments it examined between those meeting and those not meeting the 7-year age of onset. It remains unclear at this time as to just how specific an age of onset may need to be for distinguishing ADHD from other disorders. And more recent studies have shown that adults reporting an age of onset of ADHD before 7 do not differ in any important respects from those reporting an onset after age 7 (Barkley et al., 2008). Suffice to say that no other mental disorder in the DSM-IV has so precise an age of onset, arguing that ADHD should not as well. I have suggested that age 16 might serve as a better age of onset criterion for diagnosis (Barkley et al., 2008).
A related potential problem for these criteria occurs in their failure to stipulate a lower bound age group for giving the diagnosis below which no diagnosis should be made. This is important because research on preschool children has shown that a separate dimension of hyperactive–impulsive behavior from aggression or defiant behavior does not seem to emerge until about 3 years of age (Achenbach & Edelbrock, 1987; Campbell, 1990). Below this age, these behaviors cluster together to form what has been called behavioral immaturity, externalizing problems, or an under-controlled pattern of conduct. This implies that the symptoms of ADHD may be difficult to distinguish from other early behavioral disorders until at least 3 years of age, and so this age might serve as a lower bound for diagnostic applications.
Similarly, research implies that a lower bound of IQ might also be important (IQ>50) below which the nature of ADHD may be quite different. Minimal research seems to exist that speaks to the issue of a discontinuity or qualitative shift in the nature of ADHD in individuals below IQs of 50. Some indirect evidence implies that this may occur, however. Rutter and colleagues (Rutter, Bolton, et al., 1990; Rutter, Macdonald, et al., 1990) have concluded that children who fall below this level of IQ may have a qualitatively different form of mental retardation. This is inferred from findings that this group is over represented for its position along a normal distribution and from findings that genetic defects contribute more heavily to this subgroup. Given this shift in the prevalence and causes of mental retardation below this level of IQ, a similar state of affairs might exist for the form of ADHD associated with it necessitating its distinction from the type of ADHD that occurs in individuals above this IQ level. Consistent with such a view have been findings that the percentage of positive responders to stimulant medication falls off sharply below this threshold of IQ (Demb, 1991).
Another issue pertinent to the above is the problem of the duration requirement being set at 6 months. This has been chosen mainly out of tradition (earlier DSMs) with no research support for selecting this particular length of time for symptom presence. It is undoubtedly important that the symptoms be relatively persistent if we are to view this disorder as a developmental disability rather than arising purely from context or out of a transient, normal developmental stage. Yet specifying a precise duration is difficult in the absence of much research to guide the issue. Research on preschool-aged children might prove helpful here, however. Such research has shown that many children aged 3 years (or younger) may have parents or preschool teachers who report concerns about the activity level or attention of the children, yet these concerns have a high likelihood of remission within 12 months (Beitchman, Wekerle, & Hood, 1987; Campbell, 1990; Lerner, Inui, Trupin, & Douglas, 1985; Palfrey, Levine, Walker, & Sullivan, 1985). It would seem for preschoolers that the 6–month duration specified in the DSM-IV may be too brief, resulting in overidentification of ADHD children at this age (false positives). However, this same body of research found that for those children whose problems lasted at least 12 months or beyond age 4 years, the behavior problems were highly persistent and predictive of continuance into the school-age range. Such research suggests that the duration of symptoms be set at 12 months or more.
The DSM requirement that the symptoms be demonstrated in at least two of three environments so as to establish pervasiveness of symptoms is new to this edition and problematic. The DSM implies that two of three sources of information (parent, teacher, employer) must agree on the presence of the symptoms. This confounds settings with sources of information. The degree of agreement between parents and teacher for any dimension of child behavior is modest, often ranging between .30 and .50 (Achenbach, McConaughy, & Howell, 1987). This sets an upper limit on the extent to which parents and teachers are going to agree on the severity of ADHD symptoms and, thus, on whether or not the child has the disorder in that setting. Such disagreements among sources certainly reflect differences in the child’s behavior as a function of true differential demands of these settings. But they also reflect differences in the attitudes and judgments between different people. Insisting on such agreement may reduce the application of the diagnosis to some children unfairly as a result of such well-established differences between parent and teacher opinions. It may also create a confounding of the disorder with issues of comorbidity with oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) (Costello, Loeber, & Stouthamer-Loeber, 1991). Parent-only identified ADHD children may have predominantly ODD with relatively milder ADHD, whereas teacher-only identified ADHD children may have chiefly ADHD and minimal or no ODD symptoms. Children identified by both parents and teachers as ADHD may, therefore, carry a higher likelihood of ODD. They may also simply reflect a more severe condition of ADHD than do the home- or school-only cases, being different in degree rather than in kind. Research is clearly conflicting on the matter (Cohen & Minde, 1983; Rapoport, Donelly, Zametkin, & Carrougher, 1986; Schachar, Rutter, & Smith, 1981; Taylor, Sandberg, Thorley, & Giles, 1991). Considering that teacher information on children is not always obtainable or convenient, that parents can convey the essence of that information to clinicians, and that diagnosis based on parents’ reports will lead to a diagnosis based on teacher reports 90% of the time (Biederman, Keenan, & Faraone, 1990), all imply that parent reports could suffice for diagnostic purposes for now. However, more recent evidence suggests that the best discrimination of ADHD children from other groups might be achieved by blending the reports of parents and teachers such that one counts the number of different symptoms endorsed across both sources of information (Crystal, Ostrander, Chen, & August, 2001; Mitsis, McKay, Schulz, Newcorn, & Halperin, 2000).
Many of these problematic issues are likely to be addressed in future editions of the DSM. Even so, the present criteria are actually some of the best ever advanced for the disorder and represent a vast improvement over the state of affairs that existed prior to 1980. The various editions of DSM also have spawned a large amount of research into ADHD, its symptoms, subtypes, criteria, and even etiologies that likely would not have occurred had such criteria not been set forth for professional consumption and criticism. The most recent criteria provide clinicians with a set of guidelines more specific, reliable, empirically based or justifiable, and closer to the scientific literature on ADHD than earlier editions. With some attention to the above issues, the DSM criteria could be made to be even more rigorous, valid, and useful.
Social critics (Breggin, 1999; Kohn, 1989; Schrag & Divoky, 1975) and the Church of Scientology via its Citizens Commission on Human Rights have charged that professionals have been too quick to label energetic and exuberant children as having a mental disorder. They also assert that educators may be using these labels as an excuse for simply poor educational environments. In other words, children who are hyperactive or ADHD are actually normal but are being labeled as mentally disordered because of parent and teacher intolerance (Kohn, 1989) or lack of love at home (Breggin, 1999). If this were actually true, then we should find no differences of any cognitive, neurological, genetic, behavioral, or social significance between children so labeled and normal children. We should also find that the diagnosis of ADHD is not associated with any significant risks later in development for maladjustment within any domains of adaptive functioning, or social, occupational, or school performance. Furthermore, research on potential etiologies for the disorder should, likewise, come up empty-handed. This is hardly the case, as evidence reviewed in this chapter attests. Differences between ADHD and normal children are too numerous to take these assertions of normality seriously. As will be shown later, substantial developmental risks await the child meeting clinical diagnostic criteria for the disorder, and certain potential etiological factors are becoming consistently noted in the research literature.
Conceding all of this, however, does not automatically entitle ADHD to be placed within the realm of valid (“real”) disorders. Wakefield (1999) has argued that disorders must meet two criteria to be viewed as valid: (1) engender substantial harm to the individual or those around him or her and (2) incur dysfunction of natural and universal mechanisms that have been selected in an evolutionary sense (have survival value). The latter criterion is simply the definition of an adaptation as used in evolutionary biology. Disorders are failures in adaptations that produce harm. In the case of psychology, these universal mechanisms are psychological ones possessed by all normally developing humans, regardless of culture. ADHD handily meets both criteria. Those with ADHD, as described in the theory presented below, have significant deficits in behavioral inhibition and inattention (the executive functions) that are critical for effective self-regulation. And, those with ADHD experience numerous domains of impairment (risks of harm) over development, as will become evident below.
The prevalence of ADHD varies across studies, at least in part, due to different methods of selecting samples, the nature of the populations from which they are drawn (nationality or ethnicity, urban vs. rural, community vs. primary care settings, etc.), the criteria used to define ADHD (DSM criteria vs. rating scale cutoff), and certainly to the age range and sex composition of the samples. When only the endorsement of the presence of the behavior of hyperactivity (not the clinical disorder) is required from either parent or teacher rating scales, prevalence rates can run as high as 22% to 57% (Lapouse & Monk, 1958; McArdle, O’Brien, & Kolvin, 1995; Werry & Quay, 1971). This underscores the point made earlier that being described as inattentive or overactive by a parent or teacher does not in and of itself constitute a disorder in a child.
Szatmari (1992) reviewed the findings of six large epidemiological studies that identified cases of ADHD within these samples. The prevalences found in these studies ranged from a low of 2% to a high of 6.3% with most falling within the range of 4.2% to 6.3%. Other subsequent studies have also found similar prevalence rates in elementary school-aged children ([4-5.5%] Breton, Bergeron, Valla, Berthiaume, Gaudet, Lambert, St. Georges, Houde, & Lepine, 1999; [7.9%] Briggs-Gowan, Horwitz, Schwab-Stone, Leventhal, & Leaf, 2000; [5–6%] DuPaul, 1991; [2.5–4%] Pelham, Gnagy, Greenslade, & Milich, 1992). Lower rates result from using complete DSM criteria and parent reports [2-6%](Breton et al., 1999) and higher ones if just a cutoff on teacher ratings are used ([up to 23%] DuPaul et al., 1999; [15.8%] Nolan, Gadow, & Sprafkin, 2001; [14.3%] Trites, Dugas, Lynch, & Ferguson, 1979). Sex and age differences in prevalence are routinely found in research. For instance, prevalence rates may be 4% in girls and 8% in boys in the preschool age group (Gadow, Sprafkin, & Nolan, 2001) yet fall to 2% to 4% in girls and 6% to 9% in boys during the 6- to 12-year-old age period based on parent reports (Breton et al., 1999; Szatmari et al., 1989). The prevalence will decrease again to 0.9 to 2% in girls and 1% to 5.6% in boys by adolescence (Breton et al., 1999; Lewinsohn, Hops, Roberts, Seeley, & Andrews, 1993; McGee et al., 1990; Romano et al., 2001; Szatmari et al., 1989). Even then, if both a symptom threshold and the requirement for impairment are used, the prevalence may decrease by 20-60% from that figure based on symptom thresholds alone (Breton et al., 1999; Romano et al., 2001; Wolraich, Hannah, Baumgaertel, & Feurer, 1998). As noted above, prevalence rates are routinely higher (sometimes more than double) when teacher reports are used in comparison to parent reports (Breton et al., 1999; DuPaul et al., 1999; Gadow et al., 2001). Switching from DSM-III-R criteria used before 1994 to DSM-IV in use since that time may have resulted in a near doubling in prevalence owing to the inclusion of the new inattentive subtype that was not included in DSM-III-R (Wolraich, Hannah, Pinnock, Baumgaertel, & Brown, 1996). Some segments of the population may also have greater levels of ADHD than others. For instance, Jensen and colleagues found a prevalence of 12% for ADHD among the children of military personnel using DSM-III-R criteria (Jensen et al., 1995) – a figure more than double that found in other studies using these same criteria with general population samples (Szatmari, 1992). A recent meta-analysis of worldwide prevalence studies reported an average of 5.5% of children (Polanczyk et al., 2007) while a epidemiological study of U.S. adults placed the prevalence at 4.4%.(Kessler et al., 2006).
Szatmari et al. (1989) found that the prevalence of ADHD in a large sample of children from Ontario, Canada also varied as a function of young age, male gender, chronic health problems, family dysfunction, low socioeconomic status, presence of a developmental impairment, and urban living. Others have found similar conditions being associated with the risk for ADHD (Lavigne et al., 1996; Velez, Johnson, & Cohen, 1989). Important, however, was the additional finding in the Szatmari et al. (1989) study that when comorbidity with other disorders was statistically controlled in the analyses, gender, family dysfunction, and low socioeconomic status were no longer significantly associated with prevalence. Health problems, developmental impairment, young age, and urban living remained significantly associated with prevalence, however.
As noted above in discussing DSM criteria, it may be that the declining prevalence of ADHD with age is partly artifactual. This could result from the use of items in the diagnostic symptom lists that are chiefly applicable to young children. This could create a situation where individuals remain impaired in the construct(s) comprising ADHD as they mature while outgrowing the symptom list for the disorder, resulting in an illusory decline in prevalence as was noted in my Milwaukee follow-up study discussed above. Until more age-appropriate symptoms are studied for adolescent and adult populations, this issue remains unresolved.
As noted above, sex appears to play a significant role in determining prevalence of ADHD within a population. On average, male children are between 2.5 and 5.6 times more likely than female children to be diagnosed as ADHD within epidemiological samples, with the average being roughly 3:1 (Breton et al., 1999; DuPaul et al., 1999; Lewinsohn et al., 1993; McGee et al., 1990; Szatmari, 1992). Within clinic-referred samples, the sex ratio can be considerably higher, suggesting that boys with ADHD are far more likely to be referred to clinics than girls. This is probably because boys are more likely to have a comorbid oppositional or conduct disorder. Szatmari (1992) found that sex differences were no longer associated with the occurrence of ADHD once other comorbid conditions were controlled for in their statistical analyses implies that this may be the case. The sex ratio could also be an artifact of applying a set of diagnostic criteria developed primarily on males to females, as discussed above.
Studies of clinic-referred girls often find that they are as impaired as clinic-referred boys with ADHD, have as much comorbidity, and may even have greater deficits in intelligence, according to meta-analytic reviews of sex differences in ADHD (Gaub & Carlson, 1997; Gershon, 2001). Some studies suggest these clinic-referred girls, at least as adolescents, may have more internalizing symptoms, such as depression, anxiety, and stress, greater problems with teacher relationships, and poorer verbal abilities (vocabulary) in comparison to ADHD boys (Rucklidge & Tannock, 2001). Like the boys, girls with ADHD also manifest more conduct, mood, and anxiety disorders, have lower intelligence, and have greater academic achievement deficits than do control samples (Biederman, Faraone, et al., 1999; Rucklidge & Tannock, 2001). Males with ADHD may have greater problems with cognitive processing speed than females but these differences were no longer significant after controlling for severity of ADHD (Rucklidge & Tannock, 2001). No sex differences have been identified in executive functioning, with both sexes being more impaired than control samples on such measures (Barkley, 2006; Barkley et al., 2008; Castellanos et al., 2000; Murphy et al., 2001). In contrast, studies drawing their ADHD samples from the community find that girls are significantly less likely to have comorbid ODD and CD than boys with ADHD, do not have greater intellectual deficits than ADHD boys, yet may be as socially and academically impaired as boys with the disorder (Gaub & Carlson, 1997; Gershon, 2001; Green et al., 2001).
Few studies have examined the relationship of ADHD to social class, and those that have are not especially consistent. Lambert et al. (1978) found only slight differences in the prevalence of hyperactivity across social class when parent, teacher, and physician all agreed on the diagnosis. However, social class differences in prevalence did arise when only two of these three sources had to agree, with there generally being more ADHD children in lower than higher social classes. For instance, when parent and teacher agreement (but not physician) was required, 18% of those identified as hyperactive were in the high social class, 36% in the middle, and 45% in the low social class. Where only the teacher’s opinion was used, the percentages were 17%, 41%, and 41%, respectively. Trites (1979), and later Szatmari (1992), both found that rates of ADHD tended to increase with lower socioeconomic class. However, in his own study Szatmari (Szatmari et al., 1989) found that low socioeconomic status was no longer associated with rates of ADHD when other comorbid conditions, such as conduct disorder, were controlled. For now, it is clear that ADHD occurs across all socioeconomic levels. Variations across social classes may be artifacts of the source used to define the disorder or of the comorbidity of ADHD with other disorders related to social class, such as oppositional and conduct disorder.
Early studies of the prevalence of hyperactivity, relying principally on teacher ratings, found significant disparities across four countries (United States, Germany, Canada, and New Zealand), ranging from 2% in girls and 9% in boys in the United States to 9% in girls and 22% in boys in New Zealand (Trites et al., 1979). Similarly, O’Leary, Vivian, and Nisi (1985) found rates of hyperactivity to be 3% in girls and 20% in boys in Italy using this same teacher rating scale and cutoff score. However, this may have resulted from the use of a threshold established on norms collected in the United States across these other countries, where the distributions were quite different from those found in the United States.
Later studies, especially those using DSM criteria, have found the disorder across numerous countries. Among a Japanese sample (Kanbayashi, Nakata, Fujii, Kita, & Wada, 1994) using parent ratings of items from DSM-III-R, a prevalence rate of 7.7% of the sample was found. Baumgaertel (1994) used teacher ratings of DSM-III, DSM-III-R, and DSM-IV symptom lists in a large sample of German elementary school children and found rates of 4.8% for ADHD-C, 3.9% for ADHD-PHI, and 9% for ADHD-PI subtypes based on DSM-IV. In India, among over 1,000 children screened at a pediatric clinic, 5.2% of children ages 3 to 4 years were found to have ADHD by DSM-III-R criteria, whereas the rate rose to over 29% for ages 11 to 12 years (Bhatia, Nigam, Bohra, & Malik, 1991). This was not a true epidemiological sample, however. Differences in prevalence across ages could simply reflect cohort effects—children are referred to this clinic for different reasons at different ages. Prevalence rates found in other countries more recently are:
Cultural differences in the interpretations given to symptoms of ADHD by teachers or parents and in expectations for child behavior undoubtedly exist and likely contributed to the higher rates of disorder found in some of these countries compared to North American rates. Also, most of these studies used teacher or parent ratings rather than clinical diagnostic criteria. As already noted above, prevalence rates of hyperactivity or ADHD are typically higher when simply a threshold on a rating scale is the only criterion for establishing a case of the disorder. Where clinical criteria are employed, rates are more conservative. Nevertheless, these studies show that hyperactivity or ADHD is present in all countries studied to date. Although it may not receive the same diagnostic label in each, the behavior pattern comprising the disorder appears to universal.
Differences among ethnic groups in rates of hyperactivity within the United States have been reported. Langsdorf, Anderson, Walchter, Madrigal, and Juarez (1979) reported that almost 25% of African-American children and 8% of Latino-Americans met a cutoff score on a teacher rating scale commonly used to define hyperactivity, whereas Ullmann (cited in O’Leary et al., 1985) reported rates of 24% for African-American children and 16% of white Americans on a teacher rating scale. Lambert et al. (1978) found higher rates of hyperactivity among African-American than white American children only when the teachers were the only ones reporting the diagnosis; Latino-American children were not found to differ from white American children in this respect. Such differences, however, may arise in part because of socioeconomic factors that are differentially associated with these ethnic groups in the United States. Such psychosocial factors are strongly correlated with aggression and conduct problems. As noted above, those factors no longer make a significant contribution to the prevalence of ADHD when comorbidity for other disorders is controlled (Szatmari, 1992). Doing the same within studies of ethnic differences might well reduce or eliminate these differences in prevalence among them. Thus, it would seem that ADHD arises in all ethnic groups studied so far. Whether the differences in prevalence across these ethnic groups are real or are a function of the source of information about the symptoms of ADHD and, possibly, socioeconomic factors remains to be determined.
Major follow-up studies of clinically referred hyperactive children have been ongoing during the last 25 years at five sites: (1) Montreal (Weiss & Hechtman, in press), (2) New York City (Gittelman, Mannuzza, Shenker, & Bonagura, 1985; Mannuzza, Gittelman-Klein, Bessler, Malloy, & Lapadulo, 1993), (3) Iowa City (Loney, Kramer, & Milich, 1981), (4) Los Angeles (Satterfield, Hoppe, & Schell, 1982), and (5) Milwaukee (Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1990; Barkley et al., 2008). Follow-up studies of children identified as hyperactive from a general population have also been conducted in the United States (Lambert, 1988), New Zealand (McGee, Williams, & Silva, 1984; Moffitt, 1990), and England (Taylor et al., 1991), among others.
But before embarking on a summary of their results, some cautionary notes are in order. First, the limited number of follow-up studies does not permit a great deal of certainty to be placed in the specificity of the types and degrees of outcomes likely to be associated with ADHD. Even so, more can likely be said about the outcomes of ADHD children than about most other childhood mental disorders. Second, the discontinuities of measurement that exist in these follow-up studies between their different points of assessments of their subjects make straightforward conclusions about developmental course difficult. Third, the differing sources of children greatly affect the outcomes to be found, with children drawn from clinic-referred populations having two to three times the occurrence of some negative outcomes and more diverse negative outcomes than those drawn from population screens (i.e., Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1990, vs. Lambert, 1988). Fourth, the differing entry/diagnostic criteria across follow-up studies must be kept in mind in interpreting and cross-referencing their outcomes. Most studies selected for children known at the time as “hyperactive.” Such children are most likely representative of the course of the ADHD Combined Type from the current DSM taxonomy. Even then, the degree of deviance of the samples on parent and teacher ratings of these symptoms was not established at the entry point in most of these studies. These studies also cannot be viewed as representing the Inattentive subtype, for which no follow-up information is currently available. The descriptions of clinic-referred ADHD children who are of similar age groups to those in the follow-up studies but who are not followed over time may help understand the risks associated with different points in development. However, these may also be contaminated by cohort effects at the time of referral and so can only be viewed as suggestive. Such cohort effects may be minor; that is, adolescents with ADHD referred to clinics seem to have similar types and degrees of impairment as ADHD children followed up to adolescence (Barkley, Anastopoulos, Guevremont, & Fletcher, 1991 vs. Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1990). In painting the picture of the developmental outcome of ADHD, then, broad strokes are permissible but the finer details await more and better-refined studies. I concentrate here on the course of the disorder itself, returning to the comorbid disorders and associated conditions likely to arise in the course of ADHD in a later section of this chapter (“Comorbid Psychiatric Disorders”).
The average onset of ADHD symptoms, as noted earlier, is often in the preschool years, typically at ages 3 to 4 years (Applegate et al., 1997; Loeber et al., 1992; Taylor et al., 1991) and, more generally, by entry into formal schooling. Yet onset is heavily dependent on the type of ADHD under study. First to arise is the pattern of hyperactive–impulsive behavior and, in some cases, oppositional and aggressive conduct, giving that subtype the earliest age of onset. The Combined Type has an onset within the first few grades of primary school (ages 5-8)(Hart et al., 1995), most likely due to the requirement that both hyperactivity and inattention be present to diagnose this subtype. The Inattentive Type appears to emerge a few years later (ages 8-12) than the other types (Applegate et al., 1997).
Preschool-aged children who are perceived as difficult and resistant to control or who have inattentive and hyperactive behavior that persists for at least a year or more are highly likely to have ADHD and to remain so into elementary school years (Beitchman et al., 1987; Campbell, 1990; Palfrey et al., 1985) and even adolescence (Olson, Bates, Sandy, & Lanthier, 2000). Persistent cases seem especially likely to occur where parent-child conflict, greater maternal directiveness and negativity, and greater child defiant behavior exist (Campbell, March, Pierce, & Ewing, 1991; Olson et al., 2000; Richman, Stevenson, & Graham, 1982). More negative temperament and greater emotional reactivity to events are also more common in preschool ADHD children (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990; Campbell, 1990). It is little wonder that greater parenting stress is associated with preschool ADHD children and seems to be at its highest relative to later age groups (Mash & Johnston, 1983a, 1983b). Within the preschool setting, ADHD children will be found to be more often out of their seats, wandering the classroom, being excessively talkative and vocally noisy, and disruptive of other children’s activities (Campbell, Schleifer, & Weiss, 1978; Schleifer et al., 1975).
By the time ADHD children move into the elementary-age range of 6 to 12 years, the problems with hyperactive–impulsive behavior are likely to continue and to be joined now by difficulties with attention (executive functioning and goal-directed persistence. Difficulties with work completion and productivity, distraction, forgetfulness related to what needs doing, lack of planning, poor organization of work activities, trouble meeting time deadlines associated with home chores, school assignments, and social promises or commitments to peers are now combined with the impulsive, heedless, and disinhibited behavior typifying these children since preschool age. Problems with oppositional and socially aggressive behavior may emerge at this age in at least 40% to 70% of ADHD children (Barkley, 1998; Loeber et al., 1992; Taylor et al., 1991).
By ages 8 to 12 years, these early forms of defiant and hostile behavior may evolve further into symptoms of conduct disorder in 25-45% or more of all children with ADHD (Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1990; Gittelman et al., 1985; Loeber et al., 1992; Mannuzza et al., 1993; Taylor et al., 1991). Certainly by late childhood most or all of the deficits in the executive functions related to inhibition in the model presented earlier are likely to be arising and interfering with adequate self-regulation (Barkley, 1997b). Not surprisingly, the overall adaptive functioning (self-sufficiency) of many ADHD children (Stein, Szumowski, Blondis, & Roizen, 1995) is significantly below their intellectual ability. This is also true of preschoolers with high levels of these externalizing symptoms (Barkley et al., 1998). The disparity between adaptive functioning and age appropriate expectations (or IQ) may itself be a predictor of greater severity of ADHD as well as risk for oppositional and conduct problems in later childhood (Shelton, Barkley, et al., in press). The disorder takes its toll on self-care, personal responsibility, chore performance, trustworthiness, independence, appropriate social skills, and timeliness, specifically, and moral conduct generally (Barkley, 1998; Hinshaw et al., 1993).
If ADHD is present in clinic-referred children, the likelihood is that 50% to 80% will continue to have their disorder into adolescence, with most studies supporting the higher figure (August, Stewart & Holmes, 1983; Claude & Firestone, 1995; Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1990; Gittelman et al., 1985; Mannuzza et al., 1993). Using the same parent rating scales at both the childhood and adolescent evaluation points, Fischer et al. (1993a) were able to show that inattention, hyperactive-impulsive behavior, and home conflicts declined by adolescence. The hyperactive group showed far more marked declines than the control group, mainly because the former were so far from the mean of the normative group to begin with in childhood. Nevertheless, even at adolescence, the groups remained significantly different in each domain with the mean for the hyperactives remaining two standard deviations or more above the mean for the controls. This emphasizes the point made earlier that simply because severity levels of symptoms are declining over development does not mean hyperactive children are necessarily outgrowing their disorder relative to normal children. Like mental retardation, ADHD may need to be defined by a developmentally relative deficiency, rather than an absolute one, that persists in most children over time.
The persistence of ADHD symptoms across childhood as well as into early adolescence appears, again, to be associated with initial degree of hyperactive–impulsive behavior in childhood, the coexistence of conduct problems or oppositional hostile behavior, poor family relations and specifically conflict in parent–child interactions, as well as maternal depression, and duration of mental health interventions (Fischer et al., 1993b; Taylor et al., 1991). These predictors have also been associated with the development and persistence of oppositional and conduct disorder into this age range (12–17 years; Fischer et al., 1993b; Loeber, 1990; Mannuzza & Klein, 1992; Taylor et al., 1991).
Studies following large samples of clinic-referred children with hyperactivity, or (ADHD), into adulthood are few in number. Only four follow-up studies have retained at least 50 percent or more of their original sample into adulthood and reported on the persistence of symptoms to that time. These are the Montreal study by Weiss, Hechtman, and their colleagues (see Weiss & Hechtman, in press), the New York City study by Mannuzza, Klein, and colleagues (see Mannuzza, Klein, Bessler, Malloy, & LaPadula, 1993, 1998), the Swedish study by Rasmussen and Gillberg (2001), and my research with Mariellen Fischer in Milwaukee (Barkley et al., 2008; Barkley, Fischer et al., 2002Fischer et al., 2002). The results regarding the persistence of disorder into young adulthood (middle 20s) are mixed but can be better understood as being a function of reporting source and the diagnostic criteria used (Barkley et al., 2002).
The Montreal study (N=103) found that two-thirds of their original sample (N=64; mean age of 25 years) claimed to be troubled as adults by at least one or more disabling core symptoms of their original disorder (restlessness, impulsivity, or inattention) and that 34% had at least moderate to severe levels of hyperactive, impulsive, and inattentive symptoms (Weiss & Hechtman, 1993, p. 73). In Sweden (N=50), Rasmussen and Gillberg (2001) obtained similar results, with 49% of probands reporting marked symptoms of ADHD at age 22 years compared to 9% of controls. Formal diagnostic criteria for ADHD, as in DSM-III or later editions, were not employed at any of the outcome points in either study, however. In contrast, the New York study has followed two separate cohorts of hyperactive children using DSM criteria to assess persistence of disorder. That study found that 31% of their initial cohort (N=101) and 43% of their second cohort (N=94) met DSM-III criteria for ADHD by ages 16-23 (mean age=18.5 years) (Gittelman, et al. 1985; Mannuzza et al., 1991). Eight years later, (mean age 26 years), however, these figures fell to 8% and 4%, respectively (now using DSM-III-R criteria) (Mannuzza et al., 1993, 1998). Those results might imply that the vast majority of hyperactive children no longer qualify for the diagnosis of ADHD by adulthood.
The interpretation of the relatively low rate of persistence of ADHD into adulthood, particularly for the New York study, is clouded by at least two issues apart from differences in selection criteria. One is that the source of information about the disorder changed in all of these studies from that used at the childhood and adolescent evaluations to that used at the adult outcome. At study entry and at adolescence, all studies used the reports of others (parents and typically teachers). By mid-adolescence, all found that the majority of hyperactive participants (50-80%) continued to manifest significant levels of the disorder (see above). In young adulthood (approximately age 26 years), both the New York and Montreal studies switched to self-reports of disorder.
The rather marked decline in persistence of ADHD from adolescence to adulthood could stem from this change in source of information. Indeed, the New York study found this to be likely when, at late adolescence (mean age of 18-19 years), they interviewed both the teenagers and their parents about psychiatric status of the teens (Mannuzza & Gittelman, 1986). There was a marked disparity between the reports of parents and teens concerning the presence of ADHD (11% vs. 27%; agreement 74%, Kappa=.19). Other research also suggests that the relationship between older children’s (age 11) self-reports of externalizing symptoms, such as those involved in ADHD, and those of parents and teachers is quite low (r=.16-.32; Henry, Moffitt, Caspi, Langley, & Silva, 1994). Thus, changing sources of reporting in longitudinal studies on behavioral disorders could be expected to lead to marked differences in estimates of persistence of those disorders.
The question obviously arises as to whose assessment of the proband is more accurate. This would depend on the purpose of the assessment, but the prediction of impairment in major life activities would seem to be an important one in research on psychiatric disorders. Our Milwaukee study examined these issues by interviewing both the participants and their parents about ADHD symptoms at the young adult follow-up (age 21 years). It then examined the relationship of each source’s reports to significant outcomes in major life activities (education, occupation, social, etc.) after controlling for the contribution made by the other source. As noted earlier, another limitation in the earlier studies may reside in the DSM criteria in that they grow less sensitive to the disorder with age. Using a developmentally referenced criterion (age comparison) to determine diagnosis may identify more cases than would the DSM approach. As discussed earlier, the Milwaukee study found that the persistence of ADHD into adulthood was heavily dependent on the source of the information (self or parent) and the diagnostic criteria (DSM or developmentally referenced). Self-report identified just 5-12 percent of probands as currently ADHD (DSM-III-R) while parent reports placed this figure at 46-66 percent. Using the DSM resulted in lower rates of persistence (5 percent for proband reports and 46 percent for parents) while using a developmentally referenced cutoff (98th percentile) yielded higher rates of persistence (12% by self-report and 66 percent by parent reports). Parental reports appeared to have greater validity in view of their greater contribution to impairment and to more domains of current impairment than did self-reported information (Barkley et al., 2002). We concluded that past follow-up studies grossly under-estimated the persistence of ADHD into adulthood by relying solely on the self-reports of the probands.
Individuals diagnosed with ADHD are often found to have a number of other disorders besides their ADHD (Barkley, 2006). What is known about comorbidity is largely confined to the Combined Type of ADHD. In community derived samples, up to 44% of ADHD children have at least one other disorder and 43% have at least two or more additional disorders (Szatmari et al., 1989a). The figure is higher, of course, for children drawn from clinics. As many as 87 percent of clinically diagnosed ADHD children may have at least one other disorder and 67% have at least two other disorders (Kadesjo & Gillberg, 2001). The disorders likely to co-occur with ADHD are briefly described below.
The most common comorbid disorders with ADHD (Combined Type) are oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) and, to a lesser extent, conduct disorder (CD). Indeed, the presence of ADHD increases the odds of ODD/CD by 10.7 fold (95% Confidence Interval [CI] = 7.7-14.8) in general population studies (Angold, Costello, & Erkanli, 1999). Studies of clinic-referred ADHD children find that between 54% and 67% will meet criteria for a diagnosis of ODD by 7 years of age or later. ODD is a frequent precursor to CD, a more severe and often (though not always) later occurring stage of ODD (Loeber, Burke, Lahey, Winters, & Zera, 2000). The co-occurrence of CD with ADHD may be 20% to 50% in children and 44-50% in adolescence with ADHD (Barkley, 1998; Barkley et al., 1990; Biederman et al., 1992; Lahey, McBurnett, & Loeber, 2000; Waschbusch, 2002). By adulthood, up to 26% may continue to have CD while 12-21% will qualify for antisocial personality disorder (ASPD) (Biederman et al., 1992; Barkley, Fischer, Smallish, & Fletcher, 2002; Mannuzza & Klein, 1992; Rasmussen & Gillberg, 2001; Weiss & Hechtman, in press). Similar or only slightly lower degrees of overlap are noted in studies using epidemiologically identified samples rather than those referred to clinics. ADHD, therefore, has a strong association with conduct problems and antisocial disorders, such as ODD, CD, and ASPD, and has been found to be one of the most reliable early predictors of these disorders (Fischer et al., 1993b; Hinshaw & Lee, 2002 this volume; Lahey et al., 2000). Recent longitudinal research suggests that severity of early ADHD is actually a contributing factor to risk for later ODD regardless of severity of early ODD (Burns & Walsh, 2001), perhaps due to the problems with poor emotion (anger) regulation in ADHD noted above. Familial associations among the disorders have also been consistently found, whether across boys and girls with ADHD or across Caucasian and African-American samples (Biederman et al., 1992; Faraone, Biederman, Mick, et al., 2000; Samuel et al., 1999). This suggests some underlying causal connection among these disorders. Evidence from twin studies indicates a shared or common genetic contribution to the three disorders, particularly between ADHD and ODD (Coolidge, Thede, & Young, 2000; Silberg et al., 1996). When CD occurs in conjunction with ADHD, it may represent simply a more severe form of ADHD having a greater family genetic loading for ADHD (Thapar, Harrington, & McGuffin, 2001). Other research, however, also suggests a shared environmental risk factor may also account for the overlap of ODD and CD with ADHD beyond their shared genetics (Burt, Krueger, McGue, & Iacono, 2001), that risk factor likely being family adversity generally and impaired parenting specifically (Patterson, Degarmo, & Knutson, 2000). To summarize, ODD and CD have a substantial likelihood of co-occuring with ADHD with the risk for ODD/CD being mediated in large part by severity of ADHD and its family genetic loading and in part by adversity in the familial environment.
One of the strongest predictors of risk for substance use and abuse disorders (SUDs) among ADHD children upon reaching adolescence and adulthood is prior or co-existing CD or ASPD (Burke, Loeber, & Lahey, 2001; Chilcoat & Breslau, 1999; Molina & Pelham, 1999; White, Xie, Thompson, Loeber, & Stouthamer-Loeber, in press). Given the heightened risk for ODD/CD/ASPD in ADHD children as they mature, one would naturally expect a greater risk for SUDs as well. While an elevated risk for alcohol abuse has not been documented in follow-up studies, the risk for other SUDs among hyperactive children followed to adulthood ranges from 12-24% (Fischer et al., in press Gittelman et al., 1985; Mannuzza et a.., 1993, 1998; Rasmussen & Gillberg, 2001). One longitudinal study of hyperactive children suggested that childhood treatment with stimulant medication may predispose toward greater substance use and abuse disorders (Lambert, in press; Lambert & Hartsough, 1998). Most longitudinal studies, however, find no such elevated risk and, in some cases, a protective effect if stimulant treatment is continued for a year or more or into adolescence (Barkley, Fischer et al., in press-b; Biederman, Wilens, Mick, Spencer, & Faraone, 1999; Chilcoat & Breslau, 1999; Loney, Kramer, & Salisbury, in press). The basis for the conflicting findings in the Lambert study was likely due to not examining or statistically controlling for severity of ADHD and CD at adolescence and young adulthood (Barkley et al., in press-b).
The overlap of anxiety disorders with ADHD has been found to be 10% to 40% in clinic-referred children, averaging to about 25% (see Barkley, 2006; Biederman, Newcorn, & Sprich, 1991; Tannock, 2000, for reviews). In longitudinal studies of ADHD children, however, the risk of anxiety disorders is no greater than in control groups at either adolescence or young adulthood (Fischer, Barkley et al., in press; Mannuzza et al., 1993, 1998; Russo & Biedel, 1994; Weiss & Hechtman, in press). The disparity in findings is puzzling. Perhaps some of the overlap of ADHD with anxiety disorders in children is due to referral bias (Biederman, Faraone, & Lapey, 1992; Tannock, 2000). General population studies of children, however, do suggest an elevated odds ratio of having an anxiety disorder in the presence of ADHD of 3.0 (95%CI = 2.1-4.3), with this relationship being significant even after controlling for comorbid ODD/CD (Angold et al., 1999). This implies that the two disorders may have some association apart from referral bias, at least in childhood. The co-occurrence of anxiety disorders with ADHD has been shown to reduce the degree of impulsiveness relative to those ADHD children without anxiety disorders (Pliszka, 1992). Some research suggests that the disorders are transmitted independently in families and so are not linked to each other in any genetic way (Biederman et al., 1991; Last, Hersen, Kazdin, Orvaschel, & Perrin, 1991). This may not be the case for the inattentive type of ADHD, where higher rates of anxiety disorders have been noted in some studies of these children (see Milich et al., 2001 for a review; Russo & Biedel, 1994), though not always (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990), and in their first- and second-degree relatives (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990; Biederman et al., 1992) again though not always (Lahey & Carlson, 1992; Milich et al., 2001). Regrettably, research on the overlap of anxiety disorders with ADHD has generally chosen to collapse across the types of anxiety disorders in evaluating this issue. Greater clarity and clinical utility from these findings might occur if the types of anxiety disorders present were to be examined separately.
The evidence for the co-occurrence of mood disorders, such as major depression or dysthymia (a milder form of depression), with ADHD is now fairly substantial (see Faraone & Biederman, 1997; Jensen, Martin, & Cantwell, 1997; Spencer, Wilens, Biederman, Wozniak & Crawford, 2000 for reviews). Between 15 and 75% of those with ADHD may have a mood disorder, though most studies place the association between 20 and 30% (Biederman et al., 1992; Cuffe et al, 2001; Fischer et al., in press). The odds of having depression given the presence of ADHD in general population samples is 5.5 (95% CI 3.5-8.4)(Angold et al., 1999). Some evidence also suggests that these disorders may be related to each other in that familial risk for one disorder substantially increases the risk for the other (Biederman et al., 1991, 1992; Faraone & Biederman, 1997), particularly where ADHD is comorbid with CD. Similarly, a recent follow-up study (Fischer et al., in press) found a 26 percent risk of major depression among ADHD children by young adulthood but this risk was largely mediated by the co-occurrence of CD. Likewise, a meta-analysis of general population studies indicated that the link between ADHD and depression was entirely mediated by the linkage of both disorders to CD (Angold et al., 1999). In the absence of CD, ADHD was not more likely to be associated with depression.
The comorbidity of ADHD with bipolar (manic-depressive) disorder is controversial (Carlson, 1990; Geller & Luby, 1997). Some studies of ADHD children indicate that 10-20% may have bipolar disorder (Milberger, Biederman, Faraone, Murphy, & Tsuang, 1995; Spencer et al., 2000; Wozniak et al., 1995) – a figure substantially higher than the 1% risk for the general population (Lewinsohn, Klein, & Seeley, 1995). Follow-up studies of hyperactive children, however, have not documented any significant increase in risk of bipolar disorder in children with ADHD followed into adulthood (Fischer et al., 2002; Mannuzza et al., 1993, 1998; Weiss & Hechtman, in press). However that risk would have to exceed 7 percent or more for these studies to have sufficient power to detect any comorbidity. A 4-year follow-up of ADHD children reported that 12% met criteria for bipolar disorder in adolescence (Biederman, Faraone, Mick, Wozniak et al., 1996). ADHD children without bipolar disorder do not have an increased prevalence of bipolar disorder among their biological relatives (Biederman et al., 1992; Faraone, Biederman, & Monuteaux, 2001; Lahey et al., 1988) while ADHD children with bipolar disorder do (Faraone, Biederman, Wozniak, Mundy, Mennin, & O’Donnell, 1997; Faraone et al., 2001), suggesting that where the overlap occurs it may represent a familially distinct subset of ADHD. Children and adolescents diagnosed with childhood bipolar disorder often have a significantly higher lifetime prevalence of ADHD, particularly in their earlier childhood years (Carlson, 1990; Geller & Luby, 1997; Strober et al., 1988). Where the two disorders co-exist, the onset of bipolar disorder may be earlier than in bipolar disorder alone (Faraone et al., 1997; Faraone et al., 2001; Sachs, Baldassano, Truman, & Guille, 2000). Some of this overlap with ADHD may be partly an artifact of similar symptoms comprising the symptom lists used for both diagnoses (i.e., hyperactivity, distractibility, poor judgment, etc.) (Geller & Luby, 1997). In any case, the overlap of ADHD with bipolar disorder appears to be unidirectional—a diagnosis of ADHD seems not to increase the risk for bipolar disorder, whereas a diagnosis of childhood bipolar disorder seems to dramatically elevate the risk of a prior or concurrent diagnosis of ADHD (Geller & Luby, 1997; Spencer et al., 2000).
Up to 18 percent of children may develop a motor tic in childhood that declines to a base rate of about 2% by mid-adolescence and less than 1% by adulthood (Peterson, Pine, Cohen, & Brook, 2001). Tourette’s Disorder (TD), a more severe disorder involving multiple motor and vocal tics, occurs in less than 0.4% of the population (Peterson et al., 2001). A diagnosis of ADHD does not appear to necessarily elevate these risks for a diagnosis of tics or Tourette’s Disorder, at least not in childhood or adolescence (Peterson et al., 2001). Among clinic-referred adults diagnosed with ADHD, there may be a slightly greater occurrence of tic disorders (12%; Spencer et al., 2001). In contrast, individuals with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) or TD have a marked elevation in risk for ADHD, averaging 48% or more (range 35–71%; Comings, 2000). Complicating matters is the fact that the onset of ADHD often seems to precede that of TD in cases of comorbidity (Comings, 2000). Yet Pauls, Hurst, Kidd, Krueger, and Cohen (1986) have shown that TD and ADHD occur independently among relatives of each disorder, suggesting that a Berkson’s bias (comorbidity with ADHD leads to clinic referral) may be operating in clinical referrals for TD such that comorbid cases are more likely to get referred.
Apart from an increased risk for various psychiatric disorders, children and teens with ADHD (Combined Type) are also more likely to experience a substantial array of developmental and health risks, discussed below. Far less is known about the extent to which these correlated problems are evident in the Inattentive Type, particularly the subgroup having problems with sluggish cognitive tempo described above. The developmental and social problems most likely to occur with the Combined Type are briefly listed in Table 1.2.
Table 1.2: Summary of Impairments Likely to be Associated with ADHD
As a group, as many as 60 percent of ADHD, compared to up to 35 percent of normal children, may have poor motor coordination or developmental coordination disorder (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990; Hartsough & Lambert, 1985; Kadesjo & Gillberg, 1999; Szatmari et al., 1989b; Stewart et al., 1966). Neurological examinations for "soft" signs related to motor coordination and motor overflow movements find ADHD children to demonstrate more such signs as well as generally sluggish gross motor movements than control children, including those with purely learning disabilities (Carte, Nigg, & Hinshaw, 1996; Denckla & Rudel, 1978; Denckla, Rudel, Chapman, & Krieger, 1985; McMahon & Greenberg, 1977; Shaywitz & Shaywitz, 1985; Werry et al., 1972). These overflow movements have been interpreted as indicators of delayed development of motor inhibition (Denckla et al., 1985).
Studies using tests of fine motor coordination, such as balance, fine motor gestures, electronic or paper-and-pencil mazes, and pursuit tracking often find children with ADHD to be less coordinated in these actions (Hoy et al., 1978; Mariani & Barkley, 1997; McMahon & Greenberg, 1977; Moffitt, 1990; Shaywitz & Shaywitz, 1985; Ullman et al., 1978). Simple motor speed, as measured by finger-tapping rate or grooved pegboard tests, does not seem to be as affected in ADHD as is the execution of complex, coordinated sequences of motor movements (Barkley, Murphy, & Kwasnik, 1996a; Breen, 1989; Grodzinsky & Diamond, 1992; Mariani & Barkley, 1997; Marcotte & Stern, 1997; Seidman et al., 1995, 1996). The bulk of the available evidence, therefore, supports the existence of deficits in motor control, particularly when motor sequences must be performed, in those with ADHD.
The vast majority of clinic-referred children with ADHD have difficulties with school performance, most often under-productivity of their work. ADHD children frequently fall below normal or control groups of children on standardized achievement tests (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990; Fischer et al., 1990; Hinshaw, 1992, 1994). These differences are likely to be found even in preschool-age children with ADHD (Barkley, Shelton, et al., 1998; Mariani & Barkley, 1997), suggesting that the disorder may take a toll on the acquisition of academic skills and knowledge even before entry into first grade. This makes sense given that some of the executive functions believed to be disrupted by ADHD in the model presented earlier are also likely to be involved in some forms of academic achievement (i.e., working memory in mental arithmetic or spelling; internalized speech in reading comprehension; verbal fluency in oral narratives and written reports, etc.).
Between 19% and 26% of children with ADHD are likely to have any single type of learning disability, conservatively defined as a significant delay in reading, arithmetic, or spelling relative to intelligence and achievement in one of these three areas at or below the 7th percentile (Barkley, 1990). If defined as simply a significant discrepancy between intelligence and achievement, then up to 53% of hyperactive children could be said to have a learning disability (Lambert & Sandoval, 1980). Or, if the criterion of simply two grades below grade level is used, then as many as 80% of ADHD children in late childhood (age 11 years) may have learning disorders (Cantwell & Baker, 1992). Studies suggest that the risk for reading disorders among ADHD children is 16-39%, while that for spelling disorders is 24-27%, and for math disorders, the risk is 13-33% (August & Garfinkel, 1990; Barkley, 1990; Casey et al., 1996; Frick et al., 1991; Semrud-Clikeman et al., 1992).
While the finding that children with ADHD are more likely to have learning disabilities (Gross-Tsur, Shalev, & Amir, 1991; Tannock & Brown, 2000) might imply a possible genetic link between the two disorders, more recent research (Doyle, Faraone, Dure, & Biederman, 2001; Faraone et al., 1993; Gilger, Pennington, & DeFries, 1992) shows that the two sets of disorders are transmitted independently in families. Some subtypes of reading disorders associated with ADHD may share a common genetic etiology (Gilger et al., 1992). This may arise from the finding that early ADHD may predispose children toward certain types of reading problems, whereas early reading problems do not generally give rise to later symptoms of ADHD (Chadwick, Taylor, Taylor, Heptinstall, & Danckaerts, 1999; Rabiner, Coie, & The Conduct Problems Research Group, 2000; Velting & Whitehurst, 1997; Wood & Felton, 1994). The picture is less clear for spelling disorders, where a common or shared genetic etiology to both ADHD and spelling disorder has been shown in a joint analysis of twin samples from London and Colorado (Stevenson, Pennington, Gilger, DeFries, & Gillis, 1993). This may result from the fact that early spelling ability seems to be linked to the integrity of working memory (Mariani & Barkley, 1997; Levy & Hobbes, 1989) that may be impaired in those with ADHD (see theoretical model above). Writing disorders have not received as much attention in research on ADHD, though handwriting deficits are often found among children with ADHD, particularly those having the Combined type of the disorder (Marcotte & Stern, 1997).
Rapport, Scanlan, and Denney (1999) provide some evidence for a dual pathway model of the link between ADHD and academic underachievement. Briefly, ADHD may predispose to academic underachievement through its contribution to a greater risk for ODD/CD and conduct problems in the classroom more generally, the net effect of which is to adversely impact productivity and general school performance. But ADHD is also associated with cognitive deficits not only in attention, but general intelligence (see below) and working memory (see above) all of which may have a direct and adverse impact on academic achievement. Supportive of this view as well are findings that it is more the inattention dimension of ADHD is most closely associated with academic achievement problems than the hyperactive-impulsive dimension (Faraone, Biederman, Weber, 1998; Hynd et al. 1991; Marshall, Hynd, Handwaerck, et al., 1997). According to this dual pathway model, both pathways will require interventions if the marked association of ADHD with school under-achievement is to be addressed.
A higher prevalence of speech and language disorders has also been documented in many studies of ADHD children, typically ranging from 30% to 64% of the samples (Gross-Tsur et al., 1991; Hartsough & Lambert, 1985; Humphries, Koltun, Malone, & Roberts, 1994; Szatmari et al., 1989; Taylor et al., 1991). The converse is also true; children with speech and language disorders have a higher than expected prevalence of ADHD (approximately 30–58%), among other psychiatric disorders (See Tannock & Brown, 2000; Tannock & Schachar, 1996, for reviews on comorbidity with ADHD).
Clinic-referred ADHD children often have lower intelligence than control groups used in these same studies, particularly in verbal intelligence (Barkley, Karlsson, & Pollard, 1985; Mariani & Barkley, 1997; McGee et al., 1992; Moffitt, 1990; Stewart, Pitts, Craig, & Dieruf, 1966; Werry et al., 1987). Differences in IQ have also been found between hyperactive boys and their normal siblings (Halperin & Gittelman, 1982; Tarver-Behring, Barkley, & Karlsson, 1985; Welner, Welner, Stewart, Palkes, & Wish, 1977). The differences found in these studies often range from 7-10 standard score points. Studies using both community samples (Hinshaw, Morrison, Carte, & Cornsweet, 1987; McGee, Williams, & Silva, 1984; Peterson et al., 2001) and behavior-problem samples (Sonuga-Barke, Lamparelli, Stevenson, Thompson, & Henry, 1994) also have found significant negative associations between degree of ADHD and intelligence (rs = -.25-.35). In contrast, associations between ratings of conduct problems and intelligence in children are often much smaller or even nonsignificant, particularly when hyperactive–impulsive behavior is partialed out of the relationship (Hinshaw et al., 1987; Lynam, Moffitt, & Stouthamer-Loeber, 1993; Sonuga-Barke et al., 1994). This implies that the relationship between IQ and ADHD is not likely to be a function of comorbid conduct problems (see Hinshaw, 1992, for a review).
ADHD is classified in DSM-IV as a disruptive behavior disorder because of the significant difficulties it creates in social conduct and general social adjustment. The interpersonal behaviors of those with ADHD, as noted earlier, are often characterized as more impulsive, intrusive, excessive, disorganized, engaging, aggressive, intense, and emotional. And so they are “disruptive” of the smoothness of the ongoing stream of social interactions, reciprocity, and cooperation that is an increasingly important part the children’s daily life with others (Whalen & Henker, 1992).
Research finds that ADHD affects the interactions of children with their parents and, hence, the manner in which parents may respond to these children (Johnston & Mash, 2001). Those with ADHD are more talkative, negative and defiant, less compliant and cooperative, more demanding of assistance from others, and less able to play and work independently of their mothers (Barkley, 1985; Danforth et al., 1991; Gomez & Sanson, 1994; Johnston, 1997; Johnston & Mash, 2001). Their mothers are less responsive to the questions of their children, more negative and directive, and less rewarding of their children’s behavior (Danforth et al., 1991; Johnston & Mash, 2001). Mothers of ADHD children have been shown to give both more commands as well as more rewards to their ADHD sons than daughters (Barkley, 1989b; Befera & Barkley, 1984) but also to be more emotional and acrimonious in their interactions with their sons (Buhrmester, Camparo, Christensen, Gonzalez, & Hinshaw, 1992; Taylor et al., 1991). ADHD children and teens seem to be nearly as problematic for their fathers as their mothers (Buhrmester et al., 1992; Edwards et al., 2001; Johnston, 1997; Tallmadge & Barkley, 1983). Contrary to what may be seen in normal mother-child interactions, the mother–child conflicts in ADHD children and teens may actually increase when fathers join the interaction, especially in hyperactive boys (Buhrmester et al., 1992; Edwards et al., 2001). Such increased maternal negativity and acrimony toward sons in these interactions has been shown to predict greater noncompliance in classroom and play settings and greater covert stealing away from home, even when the level of the child’s own negativity and parental psychopathology are statistically controlled in the analyses (Anderson, Hinshaw, & Simmel, 1994). The negative parent–child interaction patterns also occur in the preschool age group (Cohen, Sullivan, Minde, Novak, & Keens, 1983; DuPaul, McGoey, Eckert, & VanBrakle, 2001) and may be even more negative and stressful (to the parent) in this age range (Mash & Johnston, 1982, 1990) than in later age groups. With increasing age, the degree of conflict in these interactions lessens but remains deviant from normal into later childhood (Barkley, Karlsson, & Pollard, 1985; Mash & Johnston, 1982) and adolescence (Barkley, Anastopoulos, Guevremont, & Fletcher, 1992; Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1991; Edwards et al., 2001). Negative parent–ADHD child interactions in childhood have been observed to be significantly predictive of continuing parent–teen conflicts 8 to 10 years later in adolescence in families with ADHD children (Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1991). Few differences are noted between the interactions of mothers of ADHD children with those children as compared to their interactions with the siblings of the ADHD children (Tarver-Behring et al., 1985).
It is the presence of comorbid ODD that is associated with the highest levels of interaction conflicts between parents and their ADHD children and adolescents (Barkley, Anastopoulos, et al., 1992; Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1992; Edwards et al., 2001; Johnston, 1996). In a sequential analysis of these parent–teen interaction sequences, investigators have noted that it is the immediate or first lag in the sequence that is most important in determining the behavior of the other member of the dyad (Fletcher, Fischer, Barkley, & Smallish, 1996). That is, the behavior of each member is determined mainly by the immediately preceding behavior of the other member and not by earlier behaviors of either member in the chain of interactions. The interactions of the comorbid ADHD/ODD group reflected a strategy best characterized as “tit for tat” in that the type of behavior (positive, neutral, or negative) of each member was most influenced by the same type of behavior emitted immediately preceding it. Mothers of ADHD only and normal teens were more likely to utilize positive and neutral behaviors regardless of the immediately preceding behavior of their teens, characterized as a “be nice and forgive” strategy that is thought to be more mature and more socially successful for both parties in the long run (Fletcher et al., 1996). Even so, those with ADHD alone are still found to be deviant from normal in these interaction patterns even though less so than the comorbid ADHD/ODD group. The presence of comorbid ODD has also been shown to be associated with greater maternal stress and psychopathology as well as marital difficulties (Barkley, Anastopoulos, et al., 1992; Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1992; Johnston & Mash, 2001).
These interaction conflicts in families with ADHD children are not limited to just parent–child interactions. Increased conflicts have been observed between ADHD children and their siblings relative to normal child–sibling dyads (Mash & Johnston, 1983a; Taylor et al., 1991). Research on the larger domain of family functioning has shown that families of ADHD children experience more parenting stress and decreased sense of parenting competence (Fischer, 1990; Johnston & Mash, 2001; Mash & Johnston, 1990), increased alcohol consumption in parents (Cunningham, Benness, & Siegel, 1988; Pelham & Lang, 1993), decreased extended family contacts (Cunningham et al., 1988), and increased marital conflict, separations, and divorce as well as maternal depression in parents of ADHD children (Befera & Barkley, 1984; Cunningham et al., 1988; Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1990; Johnston & Mash, 2001; Lahey et al., 1988; Taylor et al., 1991). Again, it is the comorbid association of ADHD with ODD, or CD, that is linked to even greater degrees of parental psychopathology, marital discord, and divorce than in ADHD only children (Barkley, Fischer, et al., 1990, 1991; Lahey et al., 1988; Taylor et al., 1991). Interestingly, Pelham and Lang (1993) have shown that the increased alcohol consumption in these parents is, in part, directly a function of the stressful interactions they have with their ADHD children.
Research has demonstrated that the primary direction of effects within these interactions is from child to parent (Danforth et al., 1991; Johnston & Mash, 2001; Mash & Johnston, 1990) rather than the reverse. That is, much of the disturbance in the interaction seems to stem from the effects of the child’s excessive, impulsive, unruly, noncompliant, and emotional behavior on the parent rather than from the effects of the parent’s behavior on the child. This was documented primarily through studies that evaluated the effects of stimulant medication on the behavior of the children and their interaction patterns with their mothers. Such research found that medication improves the compliance of those with ADHD and reduces their negative, talkative, and generally excessive behavior such that their parents reduce their levels of directive and negative behavior as well (Barkley & Cunningham, 1979b; Barkley, Karlsson, Pollard, & Murphy, 1985; Danforth et al., 1991; Humphries, Kinsbourne, & Swanson, 1978). These effects of medication are noted even in the preschool-aged group of children with ADHD (Barkley, 1988) as well as in those in late childhood (Barkley et al., 1985), and in both sexes of ADHD children (Barkley, 1989b). Besides a general reduction in the negative, disruptive, and conflictual interaction patterns of these children with parents resulting from stimulant medication, general family functioning also seems to improve when ADHD children are treated with stimulant medication (Schachar, Taylor, Weiselberg, Thorley, & Rutter, 1987). None of this is to say that parental reactions to disruptive child behavior, parental skill and competence in child management and daily rearing, and parental psychological impairment are unimportant influences on children with ADHD. Evidence certainly shows that parental management, child monitoring, parental antisocial activity, maternal depression, father absence, and other parent and family factors are exceptionally important in the development of ODD, CD, major depression, and other disorders likely to be comorbid with ADHD (Johnson, Cohen, Kasen, Smailes, & Brook, 2001; Johnston & Mash, 2001; Pfiffner, McBurnett, & Rathouz, 2001; Patterson et al., 2000). But it is to say, as behavioral genetic studies below will strongly attest, that these are not the origins of the child’s impulsive, hyperactive, and inattentive behavior and the related deficits in executive functioning and self-regulation.
The patterns of disruptive, intrusive, excessive, negative, and emotional social interactions of ADHD children noted above in parent-child relations have been found to occur in their interactions with teachers (Whalen, Henker, & Dotemoto, 1980) and peers (Clark, Cheyne, Cunningham, & Siegel, 1988; Cunningham & Siegel, 1987; DuPaul et al., 2001; Whalen, Henker, Collins, McAuliffe, & Vaux, 1979). It should come as no surprise, then, that those with ADHD receive more correction, punishment, censure, and criticism than other children from their teachers, as well as more school suspensions and expulsions, particularly if they have ODD/CD (Barkley et al., 1990; Whalen et al., 1980). In their social relationships, ADHD children are less liked by other children, have fewer friends, and are overwhelmingly rejected as a consequence (Erhardt & Hinshaw, 1994), particularly if they have comorbid conduct problems (Gresham, MacMillan, Bocian, Ward, & Forness, 1998; Hinshaw & Melnick, 1995). Indeed, among such comorbid cases, up to 70% may be rejected by peers and have no reciprocated friendships by 4th grade (Gresham et al., 1998). These peer relationship problems are not only the result of the more active, talkative, and impulsive actions of ADHD children, but are also a consequence of their greater emotional, facial, tonal, and bodily expressiveness, particularly anger, and more limited reciprocity in interactions, use of fewer positive social statements, more limited knowledge of social skills, and more negative physical behavior (Casey, 1996; Erhardt & Hinshaw, 1994; Grenel, Glass, & Katz, 1987; Madan-Swain & Zentall, 1990). Those with ODD/CD also prefer more sensation-seeking, fun-seeking, and trouble-seeking activities that further serve to alienate their normal peers (Hinshaw & Melnick, 1995; Melnick & Hinshaw, 1996). ADHD children seem to process social and emotional cues from others in a more limited and error prone fashion, as if they were not paying as much attention to emotional information provided by others. Yet they do not differ in their capacity to understand the emotional expressions of other children (Casey, 1996). However, in those with comorbid ODD/CD, there may be a greater misperception of anger and a greater likelihood of responding with anger and aggression to peers than normal children (Cadesky, Mota, & Schachar, 2000; Casey, 1996; Matthys, Cuperus, & van Engeland, 1999). Little wonder then that ADHD children perceive themselves as receiving less social support from peers (and teachers) than do normal children (Demaray & Elliott, 2001). The problems with aggression and poor emotion regulation are also evident in the sports behavior of ADHD children with their peers (Johnson & Rosen, 2000). Once more, stimulant medication has been observed to decrease these negative and disruptive behaviors toward teachers (Whalen et al., 1980) and peers (Cunningham, Siegel, & Offord, 1985; Wallander, Schroeder, Michelli, & Gualtieri, 1987; Whalen et al., 1987) but may not result in any increase in more prosocial or positive initiatives toward peers (Wallander et al., 1987).
Once again, caution should be used in extending the findings below beyond the Combined subtype of ADHD given that very little research exists on the health outcomes of the Predominantly Inattentive Type.
The postnatal course of those with hyperactivity has been shown to be subject to more stress and complications in several studies (Hartsough & Lambert, 1985; Stewart et al., 1966; Taylor et al., 1991). Chronic health problems, such as recurring upper respiratory infections, asthma, and allergies, have also been documented in the later preschool and childhood years of hyperactive children (Hartsough & Lambert, 1985; Mitchell, Aman, Turbott, & Manku, 1987; Szatmari et al., 1989). And, children with atopic (allergic) disorders have been shown to have more symptoms of ADHD (Roth, Beyreiss, Schlenzka, & Beyer, 1991). Yet, more careful research using better control groups, longitudinal samples, or analysis of the familial aggregation of disorders has not shown a specific association of these disorders with hyperactivity (Biederman, Milberger, Faraone, Guite, & Warburton, 1994; McGee, Stanton, & Sears, 1993; Mitchell et al., 1987; Taylor et al., 1991).
One study suggests that ADHD may be associated with growth deficits, particularly in height, during childhood and early adolescence (Spencer et al., 1996). These deficits did not exist in older adolescents, suggesting that the problem with growth is one of delayed maturation.
In one of the first studies of the issue, Stewart and colleagues (Stewart, Pitts, Craig, & Dieruf, 1966) found four times more hyperactive children to be described by parents as accident-prone compared to control children (43 vs 11%). Later studies have also identified such risks, with up to 57% of hyperactive or ADHD children said to be accident-prone by parents relative to 11% or fewer of control children (Barkley, 2006; Mitchell, Aman, Turbott, & Manku, 1987; Reebye, 1997). Interestingly, knowledge about safety does not appear to be lower in overactive, impulsive children than in control children. And so simply teaching more knowledge about safety may not suffice to reduce the accident risks of hyperactive children (Mori & Peterson, 1995).
Most studies find ADHD children to experience more injuries of various sorts than control children. In one study, 16% of their hyperactive sample had at least four or more serious accidental injuries, such as broken bones, lacerations, head injuries, severe bruises, lost teeth, etc., compared to just 5% of control children (Hartsough & Lambert, 1986). Jensen and colleagues (Jensen, Shervette, Xenakis, & Bain, 1988) found that 68% of ADD children, compared to 39% of control children, had experienced physical trauma sufficient to warrant sutures, hospitalization, or extensive/painful procedures. Several other studies likewise found a greater frequency of accidental injuries than among control children (Taylor, Sandberg, Thorley, & Giles, 1991), as did I when I analyzed data from research by Terri Shelton and I (Shelton et al., 1998) and found that more than four times as many had an accident related to their impulsive behavior (28.4% vs. 6.4%) than did control children. One of my own studies, however, did not find a higher proportion of children with ADHD as having accidents (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990). Sample sizes were small however and may not have been able to detect moderate to small effect sizes with adequate statistical power.
Head trauma is not over-represented among hyperactive or ADHD children (Stewart et al., 1966; Szatmari et al., 1989). As for burns, only one study of ADHD children has been done and it did not find a significantly elevated incidence (2.0% vs. 2.4% for controls) (Szatmari et al., 1989). Bone fractures, in contrast, seem to be somewhat more common in ADHD than control children (23.5% vs. 15.1%) (Szatmari et al., 1989). ADHD children may be two to three times more likely to experience accidental poisonings (21% vs. 8% in Stewart, Thach, and Freidin, 1970; 7% vs. 3% in Szatmari, Offord, & Boyle, 1989). Jensen and colleagues (Jensen et al., 1988) found 13% of ADD children and 8% of control children had ingested poisonous substances.
The most extensively studied form of accidents occurring among those with hyperactivity or ADHD is motor vehicle crashes (Barkley & Cox, 2007). Evidence emerged years ago that hyperactive children, as teens, had a higher frequency of vehicular crashes as the driver than control subjects (1.3 vs. .07, p<.05) (Weiss & Hechtman, 1993). Also noteworthy in their driving histories was a significantly greater frequency of citations for speeding (Barkley & Cox, 2007).
Subsequently, my colleagues and I (Barkley, Guevremont, Anastopoulos, DuPaul & Shelton, 1993) found that ADHD teens had more crashes as the driver (1.5 vs. 0.4) than did control teens over their first few years of driving. Forty percent of the ADHD group had experienced at least two or more such crashes relative to just 6% of the control group. Four times more ADHD teens were deemed to have been at fault in their crashes as the driver than control teens (48.6% vs. 11.1%) and were at fault more frequently than the controls (0.8 vs. 0.4). In keeping with the Weiss and Hechtman (1993) initial report, ADHD teens were more likely to get speeding tickets (65.7% vs. 33.3%) and got them more often (Means=2.4 vs. 0.6). Two studies in New Zealand using community samples suggest a similarly strong relationship between ADHD and vehicular accident risk (Nada-Raja, Langley, McGee, Williams, Begg, & Reeder, 1997; Woodward, Fergusson, & Horwood, 2000). Adults diagnosed with ADHD also manifest more unsafe motor vehicle operation and crashes. More ADHD adults have their licenses suspended (24% vs. 4.0%) than in the control group and reported having received more speeding tickets (Means=4.9 vs. 1.1) than control adults (Murphy & Barkley, 1996). The difference in the frequency of vehicular crashes between the groups was only marginally significant (Means=2.8 vs. 1.8, p<.06), however.
Later, in a more thorough examination of driving (Barkley, Murphy, & Kwasnik, 1996b), we found that the ADHD group reported having had more vehicular crashes (Means=2.7 vs. 1.6), and a larger proportion of the ADHD group had been involved in more severe crashes (resulted in injuries) than were the control subjects (60% vs. 17%). Again, speeding citations were over-represented in their self-reports (100% vs. 56%) and occurred more frequently in the ADHD than control groups (means=4.9 vs. 1.3).
The most thorough study to date of driving performance among ADHD young adults (Barkley, Murphy, DuPaul, & Bush, 2002) used a multi-method, multi-source battery of measures. More than twice as many ADHD young adults had been involved in 3 or more vehicular crashes as the driver than had members of the control group (26% vs. 9%) and had been held at fault in three or more such crashes (7% vs. 3%). The ADHD group had been involved in more vehicular crashes than the control adults (Means=1.9 vs. 1.2) and had been held to be at fault in more crashes (means=1.8 vs. 0.9). The dollar damage caused in their first accidents was estimated to be more than twice as high in the ADHD than control group (Means=$4221 vs. $1665). As in the earlier studies, the ADHD group reported a greater frequency of speeding citations (3.9 vs. 2.4) and a higher percentage had had their licenses suspended than in the control group (22%vs. 5%). Both the greater frequency of speeding citations and license suspensions were corroborated through the official state driving records for these young adults.
These studies leave little doubt that ADHD, or its symptoms of inattention and hyperactive-impulsive behavior, are associated with a higher risk for unsafe driving and motor vehicle accidents than in the normal population. In view of the substantial costs that must be associated with such a higher rate of adverse driving outcomes, prevention and intervention efforts are certainly called for to attempt to reduce the driving risks among those having ADHD.
Many studies have suggested an association between ADHD and sleep disturbances (Barkley, 2006; Ball, Tiernan, Janusz, & Furr, 1997; Gruber, Sadeh, & Raviv, 2000; Kaplan, McNichol, Conte, & Moghadam, 1987; Stewart et al., 1966; Trommer, Hoeppner, Rosenberg, Armstrong, & Rothstein, 1988; Wilens, Biederman, & Spencer, 1994). The problems are mainly more behavioral problems at bedtime, a longer time to fall asleep, instability of sleep duration, tiredness at awakening, or frequent night waking. For instance, Stein (1999) evaluated 125 psychiatrically diagnosed children with 83 pediatric outpatient children and found moderate to severe sleep problems in 19% of those with ADHD, 13% of the psychiatric controls, and 6% of pediatric outpatients. Treatment with stimulant medication increased the proportion of ADHD children with sleep problems to 29%, a not unexpected finding given the well-known stimulant side effect of increased insomnia (see Barkley, 1998). Sleep EEGs have typically not revealed differences in the quality of sleeping, however (Ball & Kolonian, 1995). Other research implies that it may be the comorbid disorders (ODD, anxiety disorders, etc.) associated with ADHD that contribute to the increased risk for some of these sleep problems (Corkum, Beig, Tannock, & Modolfsky, 1997). Indeed, a later study by Corkum and associates found that sleep problems occurred twice as often in ADHD than in control children. These problems could be reduced to three general factors: (1) dyssomnias (bedtime resistance, sleep onset problems, or difficulty arising), (2) sleep-related involuntary movements (teeth griding, sleeptalking, restless sleep, etc.), and (3) parasomnias (sleep walking, night wakings, sleep terrors). Dyssomnias were primarily related to comorbid ODD or treatment with stimulant medication, while parasomnias were not significantly different from the control group. However, involuntary movements were significantly elevated in children with the Combined Type of ADHD (Corkum, Moldofsky, Hogg-Johnson, Humphries, & Tannock, 1999).
Within normal populations, quantity of sleep is inversely associated with an increased risk for school behavioral problems (Aronen, Paavonen, Fjallnerg, Soinen, & Torronen, 2000), particularly daytime sleepiness and inattention rather than hyperactive-impulsive behavior (Fallone, Acebo, Arnedt, Seifer, & Carskadon, 2001). The direction of effect, then, between ADHD and sleep problems is unclear. It is possible that sleep difficulties increase ADHD symptoms during the daytime, as the research on normal children implies. Yet, some research finds that the sleep problems of ADHD children are not associated with the severity of their symptoms, suggesting that it is the disorder, not the impaired sleeping, that contributes to impaired daytime alertness, inattention, and behavioral problems (Lecendreau, Konofal, Bouvard, Falissard, & Mouren-Simeoni, 2000).
Considerable research has accumulated on various etiologies for ADHD (Nigg, 2006). Notably, virtually all of this research pertains to the Combined Type of ADHD or what was previously considered hyperactivity in children. Readers should not extend these findings to the Inattentive Type of ADHD, especially that subset noted above to have sluggish cognitive tempo and a likely qualitatively different disorder. But for the Combined Type, there is even less doubt now among career investigators in this field that, while multiple etiologies may lead to ADHD, neurological and genetic factors likely play the greatest role in causing this disorder. These two areas, along with the associated field of the neuropsychology of ADHD, have witnessed enormous growth in the past decade, further refining our understanding of the neuro-genetic basis of the disorder. Our knowledge of the final common neurological pathway through which these causes produce their effects on behavior has become clearer from converging lines of evidence employing a wide array of assessment tools, including neuropsychological tests sensitive to frontal lobe functioning, electrophysiological measures (EEG, QEEG, ERP), measures of cerebral blood flow, and neuro-imaging studies using positron emission tomography (PET), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and functional MRI. Several recent studies have even identified specific protein abnormalities in specific brain regions that may be linked to possible neurochemical dysregulation in the disorder. Precise neurochemical abnormalities that may underlie this disorder have proven extremely difficult to document with any certainty over the past decade but advancing psychopharmacological, neurological as well as genetic evidence suggests involvement in at least two systems, these being dopaminergic and noradrenergic. Neurological evidence is converging on a highly probable neurological network for ADHD, as discussed below. Nevertheless, most findings on etiologies are correlational in nature, not permitting direct, precise, immediate molecular evidence of primary causality. But then that is the case for all psychiatric disorders and, indeed, many medical ones as well so ADHD is in good company. In fact, our understanding of causal factors here may be far more advanced than is the case in most other psychopathologies of childhood.
A variety of neurological etiologies have been proposed for ADHD. Brain damage was initially proposed as an initial and chief cause of ADHD symptoms (Still, 1902), either occurring as a result of known brain infections, trauma, or other injuries or complications occurring during pregnancy or at the time of delivery (see Barkley, 2006, for more on the History of ADHD). Several studies show that brain damage, particularly hypoxic/anoxic types of insults, is associated with greater attention deficits and hyperactivity (Cruikshank, Eliason, & Merrifield, 1988; O'Dougherty, Nuechterlein, & Drew, 1984). ADHD symptoms also occur more in children with seizure disorders (Holdsworth & Whitmore, 1974) that are clearly related to underlying neurological malfunction. However, most ADHD children have no history of significant brain injuries or seizure disorders, and so brain damage is unlikely to account for the majority of children with ADHD (Rutter, 1977).
Throughout the century, investigators have repeatedly noted the similarities between symptoms of ADHD and those produced by lesions or injuries to the frontal lobes more generally and the prefrontal cortex specifically (Barkley, 1997b; Benton, 1991; Heilman, Voeller, & Nadeau, 1991; Levin, 1938; Mattes, 1980). Both children and adults suffering injuries to the prefrontal region demonstrate deficits in sustained attention, inhibition, regulation of emotion and motivation, and the capacity to organize behavior across time (Fuster, 1997; Grattan & Eslinger, 1991; Stuss & Benson, 1986).
Much of the neuropsychological evidence pertaining to ADHD was reviewed above under the particular forms of cognitive impairment seen in ADHD, especially as regards the theory described earlier. A large number of studies have used neuropsychological tests of frontal lobe functions and have detected deficits on these tests, albeit inconsistently (Barkley, 2006; Barkley, Edwards et al., 2001; Barkley et al., 2008; Conners & Wells, 1986; Chelune, Ferguson, Koon, & Dickey, 1986; Epstein, Conners, Erhardt, March, & Swanson, 1997; Fischer, Barkley, Edelbrock, & Smallish, 1990; Heilman, Voeller, & Nadeau, 1991; Mariani & Barkley, 1997; Murphy, Barkley et al., 2001; Seidman, Biederman, Faraone, Weber, & Ouellette, 1997). I have reviewed much of this literature up to 2006 (Barkley, 2006). Where consistent, the results suggest that it is poor inhibition of behavioral responses, or what Nigg (2001, 2006) has called executive inhibition, that is solidly established as impaired in this disorder, at least the Combined and Hyperactive-Impulsive Types. As noted earlier, evidence has mounted for difficulties as well with nonverbal and verbal working memory, planning, verbal fluency, response perseveration, motor sequencing, sense of time, and other frontal lobe functions. Adults with ADHD have also been shown to display similar deficits on neuropsychological tests of executive functions (Barl;ey et al., 2008; Barkley, Murphy et al., 2001; Murphy et al., 2001; Seidman et al., 1997). One recent study of adults also found diminished olfactory identification in adults with ADHD, a finding predicted on the basis that both executive functions and olfactory identification are mediated by prefrontal regions (Murphy et al., 2001). Moreover, recent research shows that not only do siblings of ADHD children who have ADHD show similar executive function deficits, but even those siblings of ADHD who do not actually manifest ADHD appear to have milder yet significant impairments in these same executive functions (Seidman, Biederman, Weber, Monuteaux, & Faraone, 1997). Such findings imply a possible genetically linked risk for executive function deficits in families having ADHD children, even if symptoms of ADHD are not fully manifest in those family members. Supporting this implication is evidence that the executive deficits in ADHD arise from the same substantial shared genetic liability as do the ADHD symptoms themselves and as does the overlap of ADHD with ODD/CD (Coolidge, Thede, & Young, 2000). Important in recent studies in this area has been the demonstration that these inhibitory and executive deficits are not the result of comorbid disorders, such as ODD, CD, anxiety, or depression, thus giving greater confidence to their affiliation with ADHD itself (Barkley, Edwards et al., 2001; Barkley, Murphy et al., 2001; Bayliss & Roodenrys, 2000; Chang et al., 1999; Clark, Prior, & Kinsella, 2000; Klorman et al., 1999; Murphy et al., 2001; Nigg et al., 1998; Oosterlaan, Scheres, & Sergeant, 2002; Wiers, Gunning, & Sergeant, 1998). This is not to say that some other disorders, such as learning disabilities or autism, do not affect some executive function tasks, such as those of verbal working memory, perhaps owing to their associated deficits in language development, but that the pattern of deficits associated with ADHD is not typical of these other disorders (Pennington & Ozonoff, 1996). The totality of findings in the neuropsychology of ADHD is impressive in further suggesting that some dysfunction of the prefrontal lobes (inhibition and executive function deficits) is involved in this disorder.
Early research in the 1960s and 70s focused on psychophysiological measures of nervous system (central and autonomic) electrical activity, variously measured (electroencephalograms, galvanic skin responses, heart rate deceleration, etc.). These studies were inconsistent in demonstrating group differences between ADHD and control children in resting arousal. But where differences from normal are found, they are consistently in the direction of diminished reactivity to stimulation, or arousability, in those with ADHD (see Hastings & Barkley, 1978, for a review). Research continues to demonstrate differences in skin conductance and heart rate parameters in response to stimulation in those with ADHD (Borger & van der Meere, 2000) that may distinguish them from children with conduct disorder or those with comorbid ADHD/CD (Beaucheine et al., 2001; Herpertz, Wenning, Mueller, Qunaidi, Sass, & Herpertz-Dahlmann, 2001).
Far more consistent have been the results of quantitative electroencephalograph (QEEG) and evoked response potential (ERP) measures, sometimes taken in conjunction with vigilance tests (Frank, Lazar, & Seiden, 1992; Klorman, 1992; Klorman, Salzman, & Borgstedt, 1988; Rothenberger, 1995). Although results have varied substantially across these studies (see Loo & Barkley, 2005; Tannock, 1998, for reviews), the most consistent pattern for EEG research is increased slow wave, or theta, activity, particularly in the frontal lobe, and excess beta activity, all indicative of a pattern of under-arousal and under-reactivity in ADHD (Baving, Laucht, and Schmidt, 1999; Chabot & Serfontein, 1996; Kuperman, Johnson, Arndt, Lindgren, & Wolraich, 1996; Monastra, Lubar, & Linden, 2001). ADHD children have been found to have smaller amplitudes in the late positive and negative components of their evoked response patterns (ERPs). These late components are believed to be a function of the prefrontal regions of the brain, are related to poorer performances on inhibition and vigilance tests, and are corrected by stimulant medication (Johnstone, Barry, & Anderson, 2001; Pliszka, Liotti, & Woldorff, 2000; Kuperman et al., 1996). Thus, psychophysiological abnormalities related to sustained attention and inhibition indicate an under-responsiveness of ADHD children to stimulation that is corrected by stimulant medication.
Several studies have also examined cerebral blood flow using single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) in ADHD and normal children (see Tannock, 1998; Hendren, DeBacker, & Pandina, 2000, Nigg, 2006, for reviews). They have consistently shown decreased blood flow to the prefrontal regions (most recently in the right frontal area) and pathways connecting these regions to the limbic system via the striatum and specifically its anterior region known as the caudate, and with the cerebellum (Gustafson, Thernlund, Ryding, Rosen, & Cederblad, 2000; Lou, Henriksen, & Bruhn, 1984; Lou, Henriksen, Bruhn et al., 1984; Sieg, Gaffney, Preston, & Hellings, 1995). Degree of blood flow in the right frontal region has been correlated with behavioral severity of the disorder, while that in more posterior regions and the cerebellum seems related to degree of motor impairment (Gustafson et al., 2000).
A radioactive chemical ligand, known as [I123] Altropane, has been developed that binds specifically to the dopamine transporter protein in the striatum of the brain and thus can be used to indicate level of dopamine transporter activity within this region. Following intravenous injection of the ligand, SPECT scanning is used to detect the binding activity of Altropane in the striatum. The dopamine transporter is responsible for the re-uptake of extracellular dopamine from the synaptic cleft after neuronal release. Several initial pilot studies found that adults with ADHD had significantly increased binding potential of Altropane and thus greater dopamine transporter activity (Dougherty et al., 1999; Krause, Dresel, Krause, Kung, & Tatsch, 2000). A third pilot study likewise replicated this difference in binding potential and found that degree of transporter activity was significantly associated with severity of ADHD symptoms but not with comorbid anxiety or depression (Barkley et al., 2002). These findings are interesting because research suggests that the drug, methylphenidate, often used to treat ADHD has a substantial effect on activity in this brain region and may produce its therapeutic effect by slowing down this dopamine transporter activity (Krause et al., 2000; Volkow et al., 2001).
Studies using positron emission tomography (PET) to assess cerebral glucose metabolism have found diminished metabolism in adults, particularly in the frontal region (Schweitzer, Faber, Grafton, tune, Hoffman, & Kilts, 2000; Zametkin et al., 1990) and adolescent females with ADHD (Ernst et al., 1994) but have proven negative in adolescent males with ADHD (Zametkin et al., 1993). An attempt to replicate the finding with adolescent females having ADHD in younger female ADHD children failed to find such diminished metabolism (Ernst, Cohen, Liebenauer, Jons, & Zametkin, 1997). Such studies are plagued by their exceptionally small sample sizes that result in very low power to detect group differences and considerable unreliability in replicating previous findings. However, significant correlations have been noted between diminished metabolic activity in the anterior frontal region and severity of ADHD symptoms in adolescents with ADHD (Zametkin et al., 1993). Also, using a radioactive tracer that indicates dopamine activity, Ernst and colleagues were able to show abnormal dopamine activity in the right midbrain region of ADHD children and that severity of symptoms was correlated with the degree of this abnormality (Ernst, Zametkin, Matochik, Pascualvaca, Jons, & Cohen, 1999). These demonstrations of an association between the metabolic activity of certain brain regions and symptoms of ADHD and associated executive deficits is critical to proving a connection between the findings pertaining to brain activation and the behavior comprising ADHD.
More recent neuro-imaging technologies offer a more fine-grained analysis of brain structures using the higher resolution magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) devices (Nigg, 2006). Studies employing this technology find differences in selected brain regions in those with ADHD relative to control groups. Much of the initial work was done by Hynd and his colleagues (see Nigg, 2006, for a review). Initial studies from this group examined the region of the left and right temporal lobes associated with auditory detection and analysis (planum temporale) in ADHD, LD (reading), and normal children. Both the ADHD and LD children were found to have smaller right hemisphere plana temporale than the control group while only the LD subjects had a smaller left plana temporale (Hynd, Semrud-Clikeman, et al., 1990). In the next study, the corpus callosum was examined in those with ADHD. This structure assists with the interhemispheric transfer of information. Those with ADHD were found to have a smaller callosum, particularly in the area of the genu and splenium and that region just anterior to the splenium (Hynd, Semrud-Clikeman et al., 1991). An attempt to replicate this finding, however, failed to show any differences between ADHD and control children in the size or shape of the entire corpus callosum with the exception of the region of the splenium (posterior portion), which again was significantly smaller in subjects with ADHD (Semrud-Clikeman et al., 1994).
The various brain regions often implicated in ADHD in the most recent MRI research are illustrated in Figure 1.1. Here the right hemisphere of the brain is shown but the left hemisphere has been cut away to expose the location of the striatum in relation to the prefrontal regions controlling movement specifically and behavior generally.
Figure 1.1 Diagram of the human brain showing the right hemisphere, and particularly the location of the caudate nucleus (striatum), globus pallidus, and cerebellar vermis. From R. A. Barkley (1998). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Scientific American, September, p. 47. Reprinted with permission of the artist, Terese Winslow.
In a later study by Hynd and colleagues, children with ADHD had a significantly smaller left caudate nucleus creating a reversal of the normal pattern of left>right asymmetry of the caudate (Hynd, Hern et al., 1993). This finding is consistent with the earlier blood flow studies of decreased activity in this brain region. Several more recent studies have used larger samples of ADHD and control subjects using quantitative MRI technology. These studies have indicated significantly smaller anterior right frontal regions, smaller size of the caudate nucleus, reversed asymmetry of the head of the caudate, and smaller globus pallidus regions in children with ADHD compared to control subjects (Aylward et al., 1996; Castellanos et al., 1994; Castellanos et al., 1996; Filipek, et al., 1997; Singer et al., 1993). Important as well have been the findings that the size of some of these regions, particularly the structures in the basal ganglia and right frontal lobe, has been shown to correlate with the degree of impairment in inhibition and attention in ADHD children (Casey et al., 1997; Semrud-Clikeman et al., 2000). The putamen, however, has not been found to be smaller in children with ADHD (Aylward et al., 1996; Castellanos et al., 1996; Singer et al., 1993) or to be associated with behavioral inhibition deficits in these children (Casey et al., 1997).
Interestingly, the study by Castellanos et al. (1996) also found smaller cerebellar volume in those with ADHD. So have many other studies since that time (Nigg, 2006). This would be consistent with views that the cerebellum plays a major role in executive functioning and the motor presetting aspects of sensory perception that derive from planning and other executive actions (Diamond, 2000).
No differences between groups on MRI were found in the regions of the corpus callosum either of the studies by Castellanos and colleagues (1994, 1996) as had been suggested in the small studies discussed above or as had been found in a prior study by this same research team (Giedd et al., 1994). However, the study by Filipek and colleagues (1997) did find smaller posterior volumes of white matter in both hemispheres in the regions of the parietal and occipital lobes that might be consistent with the earlier studies showing smaller volumes of the corpus callosum in this same area. Castellanos et al. (1996) suggest that such differences in corpus callosal volume, particularly in the posterior regions, may be more related to learning disabilities that are often found in a large minority of ADHD children than to ADHD itself.
The results for the smaller size of the caudate nucleus are quite consistent across studies but are inconsistent in indicating which side of the caudate may be smaller. The work by Hynd and colleagues (Hynd, Hern et al., 1993) discussed earlier found the left caudate to be smaller than normal in their ADHD subjects. The more recent studies by Filipek and colleagues (1997) and Semrud-Clikeman et al. (2000) found the same result. However, Castellanos et al. (1996) also reported a smaller caudate but found this to be on the right side of the caudate. The normal human brain demonstrates a relatively consistent asymmetry in volume in favor of the right frontal cortical region being larger than the left (Giedd et al., 1996). This led Castellanos et al. (1996) to conclude that a lack of frontal asymmetry (a smaller than normal right frontal region) probably mediates the expression of ADHD. However, whether this asymmetry of the caudate of right side>left side is true in normal subjects is debatable as other studies found the opposite pattern in their normal subjects (Filipek et al., 1997; Hynd, Hern et al., 1993). More consistent across these studies are the findings of smaller right prefrontal cortical regions, smaller caudate volume, and smaller regions of the cerebellar vermis (again, likely more on the right than left side).
With the advent of even more advanced MRI technology, researchers can now evaluate functional activity in various brain regions while administering psychological tests to subjects being scanned. These studies find ADHD children to have abnormal patterns of activation during attention and inhibition tasks than do normal children, particularly in the right prefrontal region, basal ganglia (striatum and putamen), anterior cingulated, and the cerebellum (Nigg, 2006; Rubia et al., 1999; Teicher et al., 2000; Vaidya et al., 1998). Again, the demonstrated linkage of brain structure and function with psychological measures of ADHD symptoms and executive deficits is exceptionally important in such research to permit causal inferences to be made about the role of these brain abnormalities in the cognitive and behavioral abnormalities comprising ADHD.
Possible neurotransmitter dysfunction or imbalances have been proposed in ADHD for quite some time (see Sagvolden, 2005; Pliszka, McCracken, & Maas, 1996 for reviews). Initially, these rested chiefly on the responses of ADHD children to differing drugs. ADHD children respond remarkably well to stimulants, most of which act by increasing the availability of dopamine via various mechanisms, and producing some effects on the noradrenergic pathways as well (DuPaul, Barkley, & Connor, 1998). These children also respond well to tricyclic antidepressants giving further support to a possible noradrenergic basis to ADHD (Connor, 1998). Consequently, it seemed sensible to hypothesize that these two neurotransmitters might be involved in the disorder. Given the findings that normal children show a positive, albeit lesser, response to stimulants (Rapoport et al., 1978), however, partially undermines this logic. Other, more direct evidence comes from studies of cerebral spinal fluid in ADHD and normal children that indicated decreased brain dopamine in ADHD children (Raskin, et al., 1984). Similarly, other studies used blood and urinary metabolites of brain neurotransmitters to infer deficiencies in ADHD, largely related to dopamine regulation. Early studies of this sort proved conflicting in their results (Shaywitz, Shaywitz, Cohen, & Young, 1983; Shaywitz, Shaywitz, Jatlow, et al., 1986; Zametkin & Rapoport, 1986). A subsequent study continued to find support for reduced noradrenergic activity in ADHD as inferred from significantly lower levels of a metabolite of this neurotransmitter (Halperin et al., 1997). What limited evidence there is from this literature seems to point to a selective deficiency in the availability of both dopamine and norepinephrine, but this evidence cannot be considered conclusive at this time.
Some studies have not found a greater incidence of pregnancy or birth complications in ADHD compared to normal children (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990) while others have found a slightly higher prevalence of unusually short or long labor, fetal distress, low forceps delivery, and toxemia or eclampsia (Hartsough & Lambert, 1985; Minde, Webb, & Sykes, 1968). Nevertheless, while ADHD children may not experience greater pregnancy complications, prematurity or lower birth weight as a group, children born prematurely or who have markedly lower birth weights are at high risk for later hyperactivity or ADHD (Breslau et al., 1996; Nichols & Chen, 1981; Schothorst & Engeland, 1996; Sykes et al., 1997; Szatmari, Saigal, Rosenbaum, & Campbell, 1993). It is not merely low birth weight that seems to pose the risk for symptoms of ADHD or the disorder itself, among other psychiatric disorders, but the extent of white matter abnormalities due to birth injuries, such as parenchymal lesions and/or ventricular enlargement (Whittaker et al., 1997). These findings suggest that while certain pregnancy complications may not be the cause of most cases of ADHD, some cases may arise from such complications, especially from prematurity associated with minor bleeding in the brain (Nigg, 2006).
Several studies suggest that mothers of ADHD children are younger when they conceive these children (Barkley et al., 2008) than are mothers of control children and that such pregnancies may have a greater risk of adversity (Denson, Nanson, & McWatters, 1975; Hartsough & Lambert, 1985; Minde et al., 1968). Since pregnancy complications are more likely to occur among young mothers, mothers of ADHD children may have a higher risk for such complications that which may act neurologically to predispose their children toward ADHD. However, the complications that have been noted to date are rather mild and hardly compelling evidence of pre or perinatal brain damage as a cause of ADHD. Furthermore, large scale epidemiological studies have generally not found a strong association between pre or perinatal adversity (apart from prematurity as noted above) and symptoms of ADHD once other factors are taken into account, such as maternal smoking and alcohol use (see below) as well as socioeconomic disadvantage, all of which may predispose to perinatal adversity and hyperactivity (Goodman & Stevenson, 1989; Nichols & Chen, 1981; Werner, Bierman, & French, 1971).
One study found that the season of a child’s birth was significantly associated with risk for ADHD, at least among those subgroups who also either had learning disability or who did not have any psychiatric comorbidity (Mick, Biederman, & Faraone, 1996). Birth in September was over-represented in this subgroup of ADHD children. The authors conjecture that the season of birth may serve as a proxy for the timing of seasonally mediated viral infections to which these mothers and their fetuses may have been exposed and that this may account for approximately 10 percent of cases of ADHD.
Evidence for a genetic basis to this disorder is now overwhelming and comes from four sources: family studies of the aggregation of the disorder among biological relatives, adoption studies, twin studies, and, most recently, molecular genetic studies identifying individual candidate genes. Again, nearly all of this research applies to the Combined Type of ADHD.
For years, researchers have noted the higher prevalence of psychopathology in the parents and other relatives of children with ADHD. Between 10 to 35 percent of the immediate family members of children with ADHD are also likely to have the disorder with the risk to siblings of the ADHD children being approximately 32 percent (Biederman et al., 1992; Biederman, Faraone, Keenan, et al., 1990; Nigg, 2006; Pauls, 1991; Welner et al., 1977). Even more striking, research shows that if a parent has ADHD, the risk to the offspring is 40-57 percent (Barkley et al., 2008; Biederman, Faraone, Mick, et al., 1995). Thus, ADHD clusters significantly among the biological relatives of children or adults with the disorder, strongly implying a hereditary basis to this condition. Subsequently, these elevated rates of disorders also have been noted in African-American ADHD samples (Samuel et al., 1999) as well as in ADHD girls compared to boys (Faraone et al., 2000).
These studies of families further suggest that ADHD with CD may be a distinct familial subtype of ADHD. By separating the group of ADHD children into those with and without conduct disorder (CD), it has been shown that the conduct problems, substance abuse, and depression in the parents and other relatives are related more to the presence of CD in the ADHD children than to ADHD itself (August & Stewart, 1983; Biederman, Faraone, Keenan, et al., 1992; Faraone, Biederman, et al., 1995; Faraone, Biederman, Mennin, Russell, & Tsuang, 1998; Lahey et al., 1988; Waschbusch, 2002). Rates of hyperactivity or ADHD remain high even in relatives of the group of ADHD children without CD (Biederman, Faraone, Keenan, et al., 1992) but depression and antisocial spectrum disorders are most likely to appear in the comorbid group. Using sib-pairs in which both siblings had ADHD, Smalley and colleagues have also recently supported this view through findings that CD significantly clusters among the families of only those sib-pairs having CD (Smalley et al., 2000).
Some research has also suggested that girls who manifest ADHD may need to have a greater genetic loading (higher family member prevalence) than do males with ADHD (Smalley et al., 2000). Faraone and colleagues also found some evidence in support of this view in that male siblings from families with one affected child were more likely to have ADHD than were female siblings from these families (Faraone et al., 1995). They also reported that the gender difference noted above for ADHD (3:1 males-to-females) may apply primarily to children from families in which either the child or a parent has antisocial behavior.
Interestingly, research by Faraone and Biederman (1997) suggests that depression among family members of children with ADHD may be a nonspecific expression of the same genetic contribution that is related to ADHD. This is based on their findings that family members of children with ADHD are at increased risk for major depression while individuals having major depression have first-degree relatives at increased risk for ADHD. Even so, as noted above, the risk for depression among family members is largely among those children having ADHD with CD.
Another line of evidence for genetic involvement in ADHD has emerged from studies of adopted children. Cantwell (1975) and Morrison and Stewart (1973) both reported higher rates of hyperactivity in the biological parents of hyperactive children than in adoptive parents having such children. Both studies suggest that hyperactive children are more likely to resemble their biological parents than their adoptive parents in their levels of hyperactivity. Yet, both studies were retrospective and both failed to study the biological parents of the adopted hyperactive children as a comparison group (Pauls, 1991). Cadoret and Stewart (1991) studied 283 male adoptees and found that if one of the biological parents had been judged delinquent or to have an adult criminal conviction, the adopted away sons had a higher likelihood of having ADHD. A later study (van den Oord, Boomsma, & Verhulst, 1994) using biologically related and unrelated pairs of international adoptees identified a strong genetic component (47 percent of the variance) for the Attention Problems dimension of the Child Behavior Checklist, a rating scale commonly used in research on ADHD. More recently, a comparison of the families of adopted ADHD children to those living with their biological parents and to a control group also showed the same pattern of an elevated prevalence of ADHD among just the biological parents of the ADHD children (6% vs. 18% vs. 3% respectively) (Sprich, Biederman, Crawford, Mundy, & Faraone, 2000). Thus, like the family association studies discussed earlier, results of adoption studies point to a strong possibility of a significant hereditary contribution to hyperactivity.
The number of twin studies of ADHD and its underlying behavioral dimensions is now substantial. There has been a striking consistency across all of these studies in the pattern of their results. This research strategy provides a third avenue of evidence for a genetic contribution to ADHD. But it also provides a means of testing any competing environmental theories of the disorder (e.g., that ADHD is due to poor parenting, adverse family life, excessive TV viewing, etc.). That is because twin studies can not only compute the proportion of variance in a trait that is genetically influenced (heritability), but also the proportion that results from common or shared environment (things twins and siblings have in common growing up in the same family) and that which results from unique environment (all non-genetic factors or events that are unique or specific to one child and not to others in the family) (Plomin, Defries, McClearn, & Rutter, 1997).
Early research on ADHD using twins looked only at twin concordance (likelihood of twins sharing the same disorder) and did not compute these estimates of heritability, shared, and unique environment. These early studies demonstrated a greater agreement (concordance) for symptoms of hyperactivity and inattention between monozygotic (MZ) compared to dizygotic twins (DZ) (O'Connor, Foch, Sherry, & Plomin, 1980; Willerman, 1973). Studies of very small samples of twins (Heffron, Martin, & Welsh, 1984; Lopez, 1965) found complete (100%) concordance for MZ twins for hyperactivity and far less agreement for DZ twins. For instance, Gilger, Pennington, and DeFries (1992) found that if one twin was diagnosed as ADHD, the concordance for the disorder was 81 percent in MZ twins and 29 percent in DZ twins. Sherman, McGue, and Iacono (1997) found that the concordance for MZ twins having ADHD (mother identified) was 67 percent versus 0 percent for DZ twins.
Many subsequent studieshave computed heritability and environmental contributions to ADHD (Nigg, 2006). These twin studies have found a high degree of heritability for ADHD, ranging from .75 to .97 (see Levy & Hay, 2001; Thapar, 1999 for reviews) (Burt, Krueger, McGue, Iacono, 2001; Coolidge et al., 2001; Gjone, Stevenson, & Sundet, 1996; Gjone, Stevenson, Sundet, & Eilertsen, 1996; Hudziak, 1997; Levy, Hay, McStephen, Wood, & Waldman, 1997; Nigg, 2006; Rhee, Waldman, Hay, & Levy, 1995; Sherman, Iacono, & McGue, 1997; Sherman, McGue, & Iacono, 1997; Silberg et al., 1996; Thapar, Harrington, & McGuffin, 2001; Thapar, Hervas, & McGuffin, 1995; van den Oord, Verhulst, & Boomsma, 1996). Thus, twin studies indicate that the average heritability of ADHD is at least 0.80, being nearly that for human height (.80-.91) and higher than that found for intelligence (.55-.70). These studies consistently find little, if any, effect of shared (rearing) environment on the traits of ADHD while sometimes finding a small significant contribution for unique environmental events. In their totality, shared environmental factors seem to account for 0-6 percent of individual differences in the behavioral trait(s) related to ADHD. It is for this reason that I stated at the opening of this section that little attention would be given here to discussing purely environmental or social factors as involved in the causation of ADHD.
The twin studies cited above have also been able to indicate the extent to which individual differences in ADHD symptoms are the result of nonshared environmental factors. Such factors not only include those typically thought of as involving the social environment, but also all biological factors that are nongenetic in origin. Factors in the nonshared environment are those events or conditions that will have uniquely affected only one twin and not the other. Besides biological hazards or neurologically injurious events that may have befallen only one member of a twin pair, the nonshared environment also includes those differences in the manner in which parents may have treated each child. Parents do not interact with all of their children in an identical fashion and such unique parent-child interactions are believed to make more of a contribution to individual differences among siblings than do those factors about the home and child-rearing that are common to all children in the family. Twin studies to date have suggested that approximately 9-20 percent of the variance in hyperactive-impulsive-inattentive behavior or ADHD symptoms can be attributed to such nonshared environmental (nongenetic) factors (Levy et al., 1997; Nigg, 2006; Sherman, Iacono et al., 1997; Silberg et al., 1996). A portion of this variance, however, must be attributed to the error of the measure used to assess the symptoms. Research suggests that the nonshared environmental factors also contribute disproportionately more to individual differences in other forms of child psychopathology than do factors in the shared environment (Pike & Plomin, 1996). Thus, if researchers were interested in identifying environmental contributors to ADHD, these studies suggest that such research should focus on those biological and social experiences that are specific and unique to the individual and are not part of the common environment to which other siblings have been exposed.
Although an early quantitative genetic analysis of the large sample of families studied in Boston by Biederman and his colleagues suggested that a single gene may account for the expression of the disorder (Faraone, Biederman, et al., 1992), most investigators now accept the fact that multiple genes contribute to the disorder given the complexity of the traits underlying ADHD and their dimensional nature. The focus of research initially had been on the dopamine type 2 gene given findings of its increased association with alcoholism, Tourette's Disorder, and ADHD (Bloom, Cull, Braverman, & Comings, 1996; Comings et al., 1991) but others have failed to replicate this finding (Gelernter et al., 1991; Kelsoe et al., 1989). More recently, the dopamine transporter gene (DAT1) has been implicated in two studies of children ADHD (Cook et al., 1995; Cook, Stein, & Leventhal, 1997; Gill, Daly, Heron, Hawi, & Fitzgerald, 1997). However, here again other laboratories have not been able to replicate this association (Swanson et al., 1997).
Another gene related to dopamine, the DRD4 (repeater gene), has been the most reliably found in samples of ADHD children (Faraone et al., 1999; Nigg, 2006). It is the 7-repeat form of this gene that has been found to be over represented in children with ADHD (Lahoste et al., 1996). Such a finding is quite interesting because this gene has previously been associated with the personality trait of high novelty seeking behavior, this variant of the gene affects pharmacological responsiveness, and the gene’s impact on post-synaptic sensitivity is primarily found in frontal and prefrontal cortical regions believed to be associated with executive functions and attention (Swanson et al., 1997). The finding of an over-representation of the 7-repeat DRD4 gene has now been replicated in a number of other studies using not only children with ADHD, but also adolescents and adults with the disorder (Faraone et al., 1999). Several studies have now scanned the entire human genome of children with ADHD and their first degree relatives and have identified approximately 20 likely chromosomal sites that are related to the disorder, only some of which have had their genes identified as of this writing.
Resistance to thyroid hormone (RTH) represents a variable tissue hyposensitivity to thyroid hormone. It is inherited as an autosomal dominant characteristic in most cases. It has been associated with mutations in the thyroid hormone beta receptor gene, thus a single gene for the disorder has been identified. One study (Hauser, Zametkin, Martinez, et al., 1991) found that 70 percent of individuals with RTH had ADHD. Other research has suggested that 64 percent of patients with RTH display hyperactivity or learning disabilities (Refetoff, Weiss, & Usala, 1993). A later study was not able to corroborate a link between RTH and ADHD (Weiss, Stein, Trommer et al., 1993). In a subsequent study, Stein, Weiss, and Refetoff (1995) did find that half of their children with RTH met clinical diagnostic criteria for ADHD. Even so, the degree of ADHD in RTH patients is believed to be milder than that seen in clinic-referred and diagnosed cases of ADHD. The RTH patients often have more learning difficulties and cognitive impairments than do the ADHD children without RTH. Given that RTH is exceptionally rare in children with ADHD (prevalence of 1:2500) (Elia et al., 1994), then thyroid dysfunction is unlikely to be a major cause of ADHD in the population. An interesting recent finding is that RTH children having ADHD may show a positive behavioral response to liothyronine, with decreased impulsiveness, than do ADHD children who do not have RTH (Weiss, Stein, & Refetoff, 1997).
As the twin and quantitative genetic studies have suggested, unique environmental events may play some role in individual differences in symptoms of ADHD (Nigg, 2006). This should not be taken to mean only those influences within the realm of psychosocial or family influences. As noted above, variance in the expression of ADHD that may be due to environmental sources means all nongenetic sources more generally. These include pre-, peri-, and post-natal complications, and malnutrition, diseases, trauma, toxin exposure, and other neurologically compromising events that may occur during the development of the nervous system before and after birth. Among these various biologically compromising events, several have been repeatedly linked to risks for inattention and hyperactive behavior.
One such factor is exposure to environmental toxins, specifically lead. Elevated body lead burden has been shown to have a small but consistent and statistically significant relationship to the symptoms comprising ADHD (Baloh, Sturm, Green, & Gleser, 1975; David, 1974; de la Burde & Choate, 1972, 1974; Needleman et al, 1979; Needleman et al., 1990). However, even at relatively high levels of lead, less than 38 percent of children are rated as having the behavior of hyperactivity on a teacher rating scale (Needleman et al., 1979) implying that most lead poisoned children do not develop symptoms of ADHD. And most ADHD children, likewise, do not have significantly elevated lead burdens, although one study indicates their lead levels may be higher than in control subjects (Eskinazi & Gittelman, 1983). Studies which have controlled for the presence of potentially confounding factors in this relationship have found the association between body lead (in blood or dentition) and symptoms of ADHD to be .10-.19 with the more factors controlled, the more likely the relationship falls below .10 (Ferguson, Ferguson, Horwood, & Kinzett, 1988; Silva, Hughes, Williams, & Faed, 1988; Thompson et al., 1989). Only 4 percent or less of the variance in the expression of these symptoms in children with elevated lead is explained by lead levels. Moreover, two serious methodological issues plague even the better conducted studies in this area: (1) None of the studies have used clinical criteria for a diagnosis of ADHD to determine precisely what percentage of lead-burdened children actually have the disorder – all have simply used behavior ratings comprising only a small number of items of inattention or hyperactivity; and (2) none of the studies assessed for the presence of ADHD in the parents and controlled its contribution to the relationship. Given the high heritability of ADHD, this factor alone could attenuate the already small correlation between lead and symptoms of ADHD by as much as a third to a half of its present levels.
Other types of environmental toxins found to have some relationship to inattention and hyperactivity are prenatal exposure to alcohol and tobacco smoke (see Nigg, 2006 for a review; Bennett, Wolin, & Reiss, 1988; Denson et al., 1975; Milberger, Biederman, Faraone, Chene, & Jones, 1996a; Nichols & Chen, 1981; Shaywitz, Cohen, & Shaywitz, 1980; Streissguth et al., 1984; Streissguth, Bookstein, Sampson, & Barr, 1995). It has also been shown that parents of children with ADHD do consume more alcohol and smoke more tobacco than control groups even when not pregnant (Cunningham et al., 1988; Denson et al., 1975). Thus, it is reasonable for research to continue to pursue the possibility that these environmental toxins may be causally related to ADHD. However, as in the lead studies discussed above, most research in this area suffers from the same two serious methodological limitations – the failure to utilize clinical diagnostic criteria to determine rates of ADHD in exposed children and the failure to evaluate and control for the presence of ADHD in the parents. Until these steps are taken in future research, the relationships demonstrated so far between these toxins and ADHD must be viewed with some caution. In the area of maternal smoking during pregnancy, at least, such improvements in methodology were used in a recent study that found the relationship between maternal smoking during pregnancy and ADHD to remain significant after controlling for symptoms of ADHD in the parent (Milberger et al., 1996a).
A few environmental theories of ADHD were proposed over 20 years ago (Block, 1977; Willis & Lovaas, 1977) but have not received much support in the available literature since then. Willis and Lovaas (1977) claimed that hyperactive behavior was the result of poor stimulus control by maternal commands and that this poor regulation of behavior arose from poor parental management of the children. Others have also conjectured that ADHD results from difficulties in the parents’ over-stimulating approach to caring for and managing the child as well as parental psychological problems (Carlson, Jacobvitz, & Sroufe, 1995; Jacobvitz & Sroufe, 1987; Silverman & Ragusa, 1992). But these conjectures have not articulated just how deficits in behavioral inhibition, executive functioning, and other cognitive deficits commonly associated with clinically diagnosed ADHD as described above could arise purely from such social factors. Moreover, many of these studies proclaiming to have evidence of parental characteristics as potentially causative of ADHD have not used clinical diagnostic criteria to identify their children as ADHD, instead relying merely on elevated parental ratings of hyperactivity or laboratory demonstrations of distractibility to classify the children as ADHD (Carlson et al., 1995; Silverman & Ragusa, 1992). Nor have these purely social theories received much support in the available literature that has studied clinically diagnosed children with ADHD (see Danforth et al., 1991; Johnston & Mash, 2001).
In view of the twin studies discussed above that show minimal, nonsignificant contributions of the common or shared environment to the expression of symptoms of ADHD, theories based entirely on social explanations of the origins of ADHD are difficult to take seriously any longer. This is not to say that the family and larger social environment do not matter, for they surely do. Despite the large role heredity seems to play in ADHD symptoms, they remain malleable to unique environmental influences and nonshared social learning. The actual severity of the symptoms within a particular context, the continuity of those symptoms over development, the types of comorbid disorders that will develop, the peer relationship problems that may arise, and various outcome domains of the disorder are likely to be related in varying degrees to parent, family, and larger environmental factors (Johnson, Cohen, Kasen, Smailes, & Brook, 2001; Johnston & Mash, 2001; Milberger, 1997; Nigg, 2006; Pfiffner, McBurnett, &Rathouz, 2001; van den Oord & Rowe, 1997). Yet even here care must be taken in interpreting these findings as evidence of a purely social contribution to ADHD. This is because many measures of family functioning and adversity also show a strong heritable contribution to them, largely owing to the presence of similar symptoms and disorders (and genes!) in the parents as may be evident in the child (Pike & Plomin, 1996; Plomin, 1995). Thus, there is a genetic contribution to the family environment; a fact that often goes overlooked in studies of family and social factors involved in ADHD.
It should be evident from the research reviewed here that ADHD arises from multiple etiologies, neurological and genetic factors being substantial ones (Nigg, 2006. Like Taylor (1999), I envision ADHD as having a heterogeneous etiology with various developmental pathways leading to this behavioral syndrome. These various etiologies and pathways, however, may give rise to the disorder through disturbances in a final common pathway in the nervous system. That pathway appears to be the integrity of the prefrontal cortical-striatal network. It now appears that hereditary factors play the largest role in the occurrence of ADHD symptoms in children. It may be that what is transmitted genetically is a tendency toward a smaller and less active prefrontalstriatal-cerebellar network. The condition can also be caused or exacerbated by pregnancy complications, exposure to toxins, or neurological disease. Social factors alone cannot be supported as causal of this disorder but such factors may exacerbate the condition, contribute to its persistence, and, more likely, contribute to the forms of comorbid disorders associated with ADHD. Cases of ADHD can also arise without a genetic predisposition to the disorder provided the child is exposed to significant disruption or neurological injury to this final common neurologic pathway, but this would seem to account for only a small minority of ADHD children. In general, then, research conducted since the last edition of this text has further strengthened the evidence for genetic and developmental neurological factors as likely causal of this disorder while greatly reducing the support for purely social or environmental factors as having a role. Even so, environmental factors involving family and social adversity may still serve as both exacerbating factors, determinants of comorbidity, and contributors to persistence of disorder over development.
Research is mounting on the Inattentive subtype of ADHD (I-type) that suggests that a subset of these children differ in many important respects from children with the Combined (C-type) of the disorder. The remaining children placed in the Inattentive Type are probably milder versions of the Combined Type who have either outgrown some of their hyperactivity with age or just miss being in that Type due to having one or two less hyperactive symptoms than are required for the Combined Type. These residual inattentive children are now referred to as having sluggish cognitive tempo (SCT) by researchers. Children with the C-type manifest more oppositional and aggressive symptoms, a greater likelihood of having ODD and CD, and more peer rejection than these SCT-type children (Barkley, 2006; Crystal et al., 2001; Milich et al., 2001; Willcutt et al., 1999). Those with the SCT-type also may have a qualitatively different impairment in attention (selective attention and speed of information processing) (see Milich et al., 2001 for a thorough review). More than twice as many C-type children than SCT-type may be diagnosed as Oppositional Defiant Disorder (41% vs. 19%), using DSMIIIR criteria, and more than three times as many as having Conduct Disorder (21% vs. 6%) (Barkley, DuPaul, & McMurray, 1990). The C-type children may also be more likely to have speech and language problems (Cantwell & Baker, 1992). The C-type children are described as more noisy, disruptive, messy, irresponsible, and immature. In contrast, I-type children with SCT are characterized as more daydreamy, hypoactive, passive, apathetic, lethargic, confused, withdrawn, and sluggish than C-type children (Edelbrock, Costello, & Kessler, 1984; Lahey, Shaughency, Strauss, & Frame, 1984; Lahey et al., 1987; McBurnett, Pfiffner, & Frick, 2001; Milich et al., 2001). Research suggests that these symptoms of SCT in the I-type form a separate dimension of inattention from that in the DSM-IV (McBurnett et al., 2001) that may have resulted in their being prematurely discarded from the DSM-IV inattention list (Milich et al., 2001). A study by Carlson and Mann (2002) indicates that if the subset of I-type children characterized by these SCT are separated from other I-type children not so characterized, then greater problems with anxiety/depression, social withdrawal, and general unhappiness and fewer problems with externalizing symptoms may be more evident in this SCT subset.
Social passivity and withdrawal have been reported in other studies of I-type children as well when using parent and teacher ratings of social adjustment (Maedgen & Carlson, 2000; Milich et al., 2001). Direct observations of the peer interactions of these subtypes tend to corroborate these ratings, finding that C-type children are more prone to fighting and arguing whereas SCT-type children are more shy (Hodgens, Cole, & Boldizar, 2000).
Research using objective tests and other lab measures has met with mixed results in identifying consistent distinctions between these subtypes. When measures of academic achievement and neuropsychological functions have been used, most studies found no important differences between the groups (Carlson, Lahey, & Neeper, 1986; Casey et al., 1996; Lamminmaki, Aohen, Narhi, Lyytinen, & Todd de Barra, 1995) both groups were found to be more impaired in academic skills and in some cognitive areas than normal control children. A more recent study suggests that the C-type is more impaired in response inhibition (Nigg, Blaskey, Huang-Pollack, & Rappley, 2002) but otherwise manifests comparable deficits on executive function tasks. As in many studies of this issue, sample sizes were low such that statistical power may have compromised the sensitivity of the study to all but large effect sizes. And many studies did not separate out those children having SCT specifically from others classified as I-type yet who are just milder forms of the C-type. Hynd and colleagues (Hynd et al., 1991; Morgan, Hynd, Riccio, & Hall, 1996) found greater academic underachievement, particularly in math, and a higher percentage of learning disabilities (60 percent) in their samples of I-type children compared to C-type children. My colleagues and I, however, were not able to find any differences between the subtypes on measures of achievement or in rates of LD (Barkley, 1990). Nor were Casey et al. (1996) able to find such differences in achievement or rates of LD using the same means to define the subtypes and to classify children as LD. Both groups of ADHD children were impaired in their academic achievement. Our own study also found both subtypes to have been retained in grade (32% in each group), and placed in special education considerably more than our normal control children (45% vs. 53%). We did find that C-type children were more likely to have been placed in special classes for behavior disordered children (emotionally disturbed) than the I-type (12% vs. 0%) while the latter children were more likely to be in classes for learning disabled (LD) children than the C-type children (34% for +H and 53% for H). Others have also found that I-type children needed more remedial assistance in school than C-type children (Faraone, Biederman, Weber, & Russell, 1998). We found that both groups seem to have equivalent rates of LD but it is the additional problems with conduct and antisocial behavior that are likely to result in the C-type children being assigned to the behaviorally disturbed programs rather than the LD programs. Only one study has examined handwriting problems among subtypes of ADHD children (Marcotte & Stern, 1997) and found them to be greatest in the C-type but present to some extent in the I-type compared to control children.
Unfortunately, few of these studies have directly addressed the issue of whether these subtypes differ in the components of attention they disrupt. This would require a more comprehensive and objective assessment of different components of attention in both groups. But the results of some studies suggest that their attentional disturbances are not identical (see Milich et al., 2001). I-type children with SCT may have more deficits on tests of selective or focused attention, such as the coding subtest of the WISCR, problems in the consistent retrieval of verbal information from memory, and even more visuo-spatial deficits than C-type children (Barkley, DuPaul et al., 1990; Garcia-Sanchez, Estevez-Gonzalez, Suarez-Romero, & Junque, 1997; Johnson, Altmaier, & Richman, 1999). C-type children, in contrast, have more problems with motor inhibition, sequencing, and planning (Barkley, Grodzinsky, & DuPaul, 1992; Marcotte & Stern, 1997; Nigg et al., 2002). These findings intimate a qualitative difference in the attention deficits of I-type children that may fall more in the realms of perceptualmotor speed and central cognitive processing speed.
Studies of family psychiatric disorders are also limited and inconsistent. Some have found the C-type children to have families with greater marital discord between their parents, and more maternal psychiatric disorders generally (Cantwell & Baker, 1992). We found a greater history of ADHD among the paternal relatives and of substance abuse among the maternal relatives in the C-type children (Barkley, DuPaul et al., 1990). In contrast, Frank and BenNun (1988) did not find such differences in family histories. Moreover, we noted a significantly greater prevalence of anxiety disorders among the maternal relatives of the I-type children that was not reported by the Frank and BenNun study. That finding, however, also was not replicated in another study of family history (Lahey & Carlson, 1992) suggesting that anxiety disorders may not be more common among the relatives of ADD/-H children.
In general, these results suggest that I-type children, especially those having SCT, have considerably different patterns of psychiatric comorbidity than C-type children, being at significantly greater risk for other Disruptive Behavior Disorders, academic placement in programs for behaviorally disturbed children, school suspensions, and receiving psychotherapeutic interventions than are I-type children. The research also appears to indicate that children with I-type with SCT symptoms can be distinguished in a number of domains of social adjustment from those with C-type. Cognitive differences are less consistently noted but may have to do with sample selection procedures in which the I-type children are chosen solely on the DSM inattention list rather than focusing more on symptoms of SCT that are not represented in that list. Based on the evidence available to date I concur with Milich et al. (2001) that we should begin considering these two subtypes as actually separate and unique childhood psychiatric disorders and not as subtypes of an identical attention disturbance.
A survey (Szatmari et al., 1989a) indicates that the prevalence of these two disorders within the population is different, especially in the childhood years (6 to 11 years of age). The I-type appears to be considerably less prevalent than the C-type in this epidemiological study. Only 1.4 percent of boys and 1.3 percent of girls have I-type while 9.4 percent of boys and 2.8 percent of girls have the C-type. These figures change considerably in the adolescent age groups, where 1.4% of males and 1% of females have I-type while 2.9% of males and 1.4% of females have the C-type. In other words, the rates of I-type remain relatively stable across these developmental age groupings while C-type, especially in males, shows a considerable decline in prevalence with age. Among all children with either type, about 78 percent of boys and 63 percent of girls will have the C-type type of disorder. Baumgaertel et al. (1995) found a considerably higher prevalence rate for I-type among German school children. Using the DSM-III definitions for these subtypes, 3.2 percent had the I-type type while 6.4 percent had the C-type type. In contrast, when the more recent DSM-IV criteria for subtyping was employed, 9 percent of the children met criteria for the I-type while 8.8 percent fell into the Hyperactive-Impulsive and C-Types . The differences in these studies are difficult to reconcile as both employed rating scales to define their subtypes. However, the Szatmari et al. (1989) study did not use DSM symptom lists but constructed their subtypes based on rating scale items whereas Baumgaertel et al. (1995) employed symptom lists from the past three versions of the DSM.
It remains to be seen just how stable the I-type is over development. No follow-up studies have focused on this subtype of ADHD and so the long-term risks associated with it remain unknown.
Many different theories of ADHD have been proposed over the past century to account for the diversity of findings so evident in this disorder (Barkley, 1999). Some of these were discussed above (see “Historical Context”), such as Still’s (1902) notion of defective volitional inhibition and moral regulation of behavior, Douglas’s (1972, 1983) theory of deficient attention, inhibition, arousal, and preference for immediate reward, and the attempts to view ADHD as a deficit in sensitivity to reinforcement (Haenlein & Caul, 1987) or rule-governed behavior (Barkley, 1981, 1989a). Quay (1997), relying on Gray’s neuropsychological model of anxiety (Gray, 1982), proposed that ADHD represented a deficit in the brain’s behavioral inhibition system (BIS). Quay’s hypothesis has resulted in increased research on inhibitory and activation (reinforcement) processes in both ADHD (Fischer et al., 2002; Milich et al., 1994) and conduct disorder. Relying on Logan’s “race” model of inhibition, Schachar, Tannock, and Logan (1993) have also argued for a central deficit in inhibitory processes in those with ADHD. In this model, an event or stimulus is hypothesized to trigger both an activating or primary response and an inhibitory response creating a competition or race between the two as to which will be executed first. Disinhibited individuals, such as those with ADHD, are viewed as having slower initiation of inhibitory processes relative to normal children.
There is little doubt that poor behavioral inhibition plays a central role in ADHD (see Barkley, 1997b; Nigg, 2001 for reviews). Although important in the progress of our understanding about ADHD, this conclusion still leaves at least two important questions on the nature of ADHD unresolved: (1) How does this account for the numerous other associated symptoms found in ADHD (described above) and apparently subsumed under the concepts of motor control and executive functioning? (2) How does this account for the involvement of the separate problem with inattention (poor sustained attention) in the disorder? A theoretical model of ADHD developed by the author over the past decade not only encompasses many of these earlier explanations but may hold the answers to these questions as well as some unexpected directions that future research on ADHD might wish to pursue (Barkley, 1994, 1997a, 1997b, 2001b; 2006).
The model of ADHD set forth below and in Figure 1.2 places behavioral inhibition at a central point in its relation to four other executive functions dependent upon it for their own effective execution. These four executive functions provide for self-regulation, bringing behavior progressively more under the control of time and the influence of future over immediate consequences. The interaction of these executive functions permits far more effective adaptive functioning toward the social future (social self-sufficiency).
Figure 1.2 Diagram illustrating the complete hybrid model of executive functions (boxes) and the relationship of these four functions to the Behavioral Inhibition and Motor Control Systems. From R. A. Barkley (1997). ADHD and the nature of self-control. New York: Guilford. Copyright by Guilford Publications. Reprinted with permission.
Several assumptions are important in understanding the model as it is applied to ADHD: (1) The capacity for behavioral inhibition begins to emerge first in development, ahead of most or all these four executive functions but possibly in conjunction with the first, nonverbal working memory. (2) These executive functions emerge at different times in development, may have different developmental trajectories, and are interactive. (3) The impairment that ADHD creates in these executive functions is secondary to the primary deficit it creates in behavioral inhibition (improve the inhibition and these executive functions should likewise improve). (4) The deficit in behavioral inhibition arises principally from genetic and neurodevelopmental origins, rather than purely social ones, although its expression is certainly influenced by social factors over development. (5) The secondary deficits in self-regulation created by the primary deficiency in inhibition feed back to contribute further to poor behavioral inhibition given that self-regulation contributes to the enhancement of self-restraint (inhibition). Finally, (6) the model does not apply to those having the predominantly inattentive type, especially those with SCT. The model has been derived from earlier theories on the evolution of human language (Bronowski, 1977), the internalization of speech (Vygotsky, 1966) and the functions of the prefrontal cortex (Fuster, 1997). The evidence for the model as applied to ADHD is reviewed elsewhere (Barkley, 1997b).
“Behavioral inhibition” is viewed as being comprised of two related processes: (1) the capacity to inhibit prepotent responses, either prior to or once initiated, creating a delay in the response to an event (response inhibition); and (2) the protection of this delay, the self-directed actions occurring within it, and the goal-directed behaviors they create from interference by competing events and their prepotent responses (interference control). “Prepotent responses” are defined as those for which immediate reinforcement is available for their performance or for which there is a strong history of reinforcement in this context. Through the postponement of the prepotent response and the creation of this protected period of delay, the occasion is set for four other executive functions to act effectively in modifying the individual’s eventual response(s) to the event. This is done to achieve a net maximization of temporally distant consequences rather than immediate consequences alone for the individual. The self-regulation is also protected from interference during its performance by a related form of inhibition (interference control).
The four executive functions are believed to develop via a common process. All represent private, covert forms of behavior that at one time in early child development (and in human evolution) were entirely publicly observable and were directed toward others and the external world at large. With maturation, this outer-directed behavior becomes turned on the self as a means to control one’s own behavior. Such self-directed behaving then becomes increasingly less observable to others as the suppression of the public, peripheral musculo-skeletal aspects of the behavior progresses. The child is increasingly able to act toward them selves without publicly displaying the actual behavior being activated. This progressively greater capacity to suppress the publicly observable aspects of behavior is what is meant here by the terms “covert, privatized, or internalized.” The child comes to be capable of behaving internally (in their brain) without showing that response through their peripheral muscles, at least not to the extent that it is visible to others. As I have discussed elsewhere (Barkley, 1997b, 2001c), this behavior-to-the-self can still be detected in very subtle, vestigial forms as slight shifts in muscle potential at those peripheral sites involving the muscles used in performing the public form of that behavior (e.g., when one engages in verbal thought, one still slightly moves their lips, tongue, larynx, etc.). In this sense, all of the executive functions follow the same general sequence as the internalization of speech (Diaz & Berk, 1992; Vygotsky, 1978, 1987), which in this model forms the second executive function.
Each executive function is hypothesized to contribute to the following developmental shifts in the sources of control over human behavior:
I have elsewhere asserted that the executive functions likely evolved in successive stages in our hominid ancestry from intra-species competition for resources and reproduction in our group living species. The sequence may resemble, to some extent, the same sequential development evident in children today. The first executive function (sensory-motor action to the self, especially visual imagery) begins its development so early in infancy that it must have been crucial to human survival. It may have evolved for the adaptive purposes of reciprocal altruism (social exchange) and generalized vicarious learning. These activities seem to be essential for the survival of our group living species, contributing to cooperation, coalition formation (friendships), the construction of social hierarchies from these coalitions, and pedagogy (Barkley, 2001c). Vicarious learning can be considered a form of behavioral theft that, once having arisen in a species, would have set up strong selection pressure for the privatization of one’s behavior, particularly during learning, rehearsal, and other forms of practice, so as not to have one’s behavioral innovations readily appropriated by others (competitors). Other adaptive purposes that may have been served by this and the other three executive functions that develop later are verbal self-instruction, verbal self-defense against social manipulation by others, and self-innovation. Such evolutionary speculations permit this theory to hypothesize various social deficits that should be evident in ADHD given the executive deficits associated with it that can be tested in subsequent experiments. As is evident below, children with ADHD experience serious difficulties in their social relationships, some of which may arise from the deficits in executive functioning that interfere with reciprocal exchange, vicarious learning, social coalition formation, social self-defense, and self-innovation (improvement).
During the delay in responding created by inhibition, humans activate and retain a mental representation of events in mind (Bronowski, 1977), typically using visual imagery and private audition. The capacity for imagery may allow even infants to successfully perform delayed response tasks to a limited degree (Diamond, 1990; Diamond, Cruttenden, & Niederman, 1994; Goldman-Rakic, 1987). As this capacity increases developmentally, it forms the basis for nonverbal working memory, which has been defined as the ability to maintain mental information on-line so as to guide a later motor response. This activation of past images for the sake of preparing a current response is known as “hindsight” or the “retrospective function” of working memory (Bronowski, 1977; Fuster, 1997). It allows for the retention of events in a temporal sequence that contributes to the “subjective estimation of time” (Michon, 1985). Such temporal sequences can be analyzed for recurring patterns and those patterns can then be used to conjecture hypothetical future events. Anticipating these hypothetical futures gives rise to a preparation to act, or “anticipatory set” (Fuster, 1997). This extension of hindsight forward into time also underlies “forethought” or the “prospective function” of working memory (Bronowski, 1977; Fuster, 1997). And from this sense of future likely emerges the progressively greater valuation of future consequences over immediate ones that takes place throughout child development and early adult life (Green, Fry, & Meyerson, 1994).
Important in this model for understanding the linkage of inattention to disinhibition in ADHD is the critical role played by working memory in maintaining on line (in mind) ones’ intentions to act (“plans”) so as to guide the construction and execution of complex goal-directed actions over time (Fuster, 1997). Such sustained chains of goal-directed actions create persistence of responding giving rise to the capacity of humans to sustain attention (responding) for dramatically long periods of time in pursuit of future goals. As James so eloquently described it: “The essential achievement of the will, in short, when it is most ‘voluntary,’ is to ATTEND to a difficult object and hold it fast before the mind” (p. 815); and, “Everywhere then the function of the effort [voluntary or free will] is the same: to keep affirming and adopting a thought which, if left to itself, would slip away” (p. 818). Thus, self-regulation relative to time arises as a consequence of inhibition acting in conjunction with nonverbal working memory. And since language is used, in part, to express cognitive content, references to time, sense of past, and sense of future can occur in verbal interactions with others that should become increasingly frequent in the developmental course of children as this sense of time develops.
As extrapolated to those with ADHD, the model predicts that deficits in behavioral inhibition lead to deficiencies in nonverbal working memory and thus: (1) particular forms of forgetfulness (forgetting to do things at certain critical points in time); (2) impaired ability to organize and execute their actions relative to time (e.g., time management); (3) reduced hindsight and forethought; (4) leading to a reduction in the creation of anticipatory action toward future events. Consequently, the capacity for the cross-temporal organization of behavior in those with ADHD is diminished, disrupting the ability to string together complex chains of actions directed, over time, to a future goal. The greater the degree to which time separates the components of the behavioral contingency (event, response, consequence), the more difficult the task will prove for those with ADHD who can not bind the contingency together across time so as to use it to govern their behavior as well as others.
Research is beginning to demonstrate some of these deficits in those with ADHD, such as nonverbal working memory, timing, and forethought (Barkley, 1997b; Barkley, Edwards, et al., 2001; Barkley, Murphy, et al, 2001, Murphy et al., 2001; Frazier et al., 2004; Hervey et al., 2004). Still unstudied is the prediction from this theory that children with ADHD will be delayed in making references to time, past, and future in their verbal interactions with others relative to when normal children begin making such references in their development of sense of time.
One of the more fascinating developmental processes witnessed in children is the progressive internalization or privatization of speech (Diaz & Berk, 1992). During the early preschool years, speech, once developed, is initially employed for communication with others. By 3-5 years of age, language comes to be turned on the self. Such overt self-speech is readily observable in preschool and early school age children. By 5-7 years of age, this speech becomes somewhat quieter, more telegraphic, and shifts from being more descriptive to being more instructive. Language is now a means of reflection (self-directed description) as well as a means for controlling one’s own behavior. Self-directed speech progresses from being public, to being subvocal, to finally being private, all over the course of perhaps 6 to 10 years thereby giving rise to verbal thought (Diaz & Berk, 1992; Kopp, 1982; Vygotsky, 1987). I have conjectured (Barkley, 1997b) that this internalization of speech represents a larger process in that various other forms of behavior may also be internalized as well (sensory-motor action, emotion, and play).
For those with ADHD, the privatization of speech should be delayed, resulting in greater public speech (excessive talking), less verbal reflection before acting, less organized and rule-oriented self-speech, a diminished influence of self-directed speech in controlling one’s own behavior, and difficulties following the rules and instructions given by others (Barkley, 1997b). Substantial evidence has accumulated to support this prediction of delayed internalization of speech (Berk & Potts, 1991; Landau, Berk, & Mangione, 1996; Winsler, 1998; Winsler et al., 2000). Given that such private self-speech is a major basis for verbal working memory (Baddeley, 2001), this domain of cognitive activity should be impaired in ADHD as well. Evidence suggests this is so, with ADHD children having difficulties with tasks such as digit span backwards, mental arithmetic, paced auditory serial addition, paired associated learning, and other tasks believed to reflect verbal working memory (Barkley, 1997b; Chang et al., 1999; Grodzinsky & Diamond, 1994; Kuntsi et al., 2001). Children with learning disabilities (LD) may also have difficulties with some of these tasks making it unclear to what extent the deficits seen in working memory in ADHD are a function of the overlap of LD with this disorder (Cohen, Vallance, Barwick, Im, Menna, Horodezky, & Isaacson, 2000; Willcutt, et al., 2001). ADHD may impair the actual internalization of speech while LD (reading disorders) may reflect a normal internalization but of an impaired language ability.
The inhibition of the initial prepotent response includes the inhibition of the initial emotional reaction that it may have elicited. It is not that the child does not experience emotion but that the behavioral reaction to or expression of that emotion is delayed along with any motor behavior associated with it. The delay in responding with this emotion allows the child time to engage in self-directed behavior that will modify both the eventual response to the event as well as the emotional reaction that may accompany it. This permits a moderating effect both on the emotion being experienced subjectively by the child as well as on their eventual public expression of emotional behavior (Keenan, 2000). But it is not just affect that is being managed by the development of self-regulation but the underlying components of emotion as well, these being motivation (drive states) and arousal (Fuster, 1997; Lang, 1995). This internalization and self-regulation of motivation permits the child to induce drive states that may be required for the initiation and maintenance of goal-directed, future-oriented behavior thereby permitting greater persistence toward tasks and activities that may offer little immediate reinforcement but for which their may be substantial delayed reinforcement.
Extending this model to ADHD leads to the following predictions. Those with ADHD should display: (1) greater emotional expression in their reactions to events; (2) less objectivity in the selection of a response to an event; (3) diminished social perspective taking as the child does not delay his or her initial emotional reaction long enough to take the view of others and their own needs into account; and (4) diminished ability to induce drive and motivational states in themselves in the service of goal-directed behavior. Those with ADHD remain more dependent upon the environmental contingencies within a situation or task to determine their motivation than do others (Barkley, 1997b). Preliminary work has begun to demonstrate that those with ADHD do have significant problems with emotion regulation (Braaten & Rosen, 2000; Maedgen & Carlson, 2000) and that this may be particularly so in that subset having comorbid oppositional defiant disorder (Melnick & Hinshaw, 2000).
The use of private visual imagery as well as private language so as to mentally represent objects, actions, and their properties provides a means by which the world can be taken apart and recombined cognitively rather than physically. The delay in responding allows time for events to be held in mind and then disassembled so as to extract more information about the event before preparing a response to it. Internal imagery and speech permit analysis and out of this process comes its complement—synthesis. Just as the parts of speech can be recombined to form new sentences, the parts of the world represented in speech and imagery are, likewise, recombined to create entirely new ideas about the world and entirely new responses to that world (Bronowski, 1977). The world is seen as having parts rather than inviolate wholes—parts capable of multiple, novel recombinations. This permits humans a far greater capacity for creativity and problem solving than is evident in our closest primate relatives. I believe this process results from the internalization of play. Just as speech goes from being overt to self-directed and then covert, so does manipulative and verbal play. This process of mental play, or reconstitution, is evident in everyday speech in its fluency and generativity (diversity) yet it is also evident in nonverbal expression as well, such as in motor and design fluency. The need for reconstitution becomes obvious when obstacles must be surmounted to accomplish a goal. In a sense, reconstitution provides for planning and problem solving to overcome obstacles and attain goals. This mental module produces rapid, efficient, and often novel combinations of speech or action into entirely new messages or behavioral sequences and so gives rise to behavioral innovation.
As applied to ADHD, the model predicts a diminished use of analysis and synthesis in the formation of both verbal and nonverbal responses to events. The capacity to mentally visualize, manipulate, and then generate multiple plans of action (options) in the service of goal-directed behavior and to select from among them those with the greatest likelihood of succeeding should, therefore, be reduced. This impairment in reconstitution will be evident in everyday verbal fluency when the person with ADHD is required by a task or situation to assemble rapidly, accurately, and efficiently the parts of speech into messages (sentences) so as to accomplish the goal or requirements of the task. It will also be evident in tasks where visual information must be held in mind and manipulated to generate diverse scenarios to help solve problems (Barkley, 1997b). Evidence for a deficiency in verbal and nonverbal fluency, planning, problem-solving, and strategy development more generally in children with ADHD is limited, but what exists is consistent with the theory (Barkley, 1997b; Clark et al., 2000; Klorman et al., 1999; Nigg et al., 1998; Oosterlaan et al., in press).
If the deficit in behavioral inhibition proposed in the current model is housed within the brain’s motor or output system, then its effects should also be evident in the planning and execution of motor actions. Complex fine and gross motor actions require inhibition to preclude the initiation of movements located in neural zones adjacent to those being activated. Inhibition provides an increasing “functional pruning” of the motor system such that only those actions required to accomplish the task are initiated by the individual. Lengthy, complex, and novel chains of goal-directed behavior can be constructed and protected from interference until they have been completed. The model stipulates that those with ADHD should display greater difficulties with the development of motor coordination and especially in the planning and execution of complex, lengthy, and novel chains of goal-directed responses. There is substantial evidence already available for problems in motor development and motor execution in those with ADHD (see Barkley, 1997b; Harvey & Reid, 1997; Kadesjo & Gillberg, 1999). It remains to be determined whether those with ADHD have more difficulties in producing, executing, and sustaining lengthy and complex chains of novel responses toward goals.
I have theorized that this executive system may have evolved to support the social activities of reciprocal exchange and altruism, imitation and vicarious learning, self-sufficiency and innovation, and social self-defense (Barkley, 2001b), implying that these larger, universally important domains of social development may be impaired by ADHD as well. If so, then deficits in adaptive functioning (self-sufficiency) more generally would be evident in ADHD, as seems to be the case (Barkley, Shelton, et al., in press; Roizen, Blondis, Irwin, & Stein, 1994; Shelton et al., 1998; Stein, Szumowski, Blondis, & Roizen, 1995).
The present model of ADHD shows how the findings noted above under “Associated Cognitive Impairments” can now be integrated into a more unifying theory of the disorder. Undoubtedly, this theory is imperfect, requiring a great deal of research to clarify the nature of each component in the model, to evaluate the strength of the relationship of each component to behavioral inhibition and to the other components, to elucidate the developmental progression of each component and their ordering, and to critically test some of the previously unexpected predictions of the model as applied to ADHD (i.e., diminished time management, reduced references to time in verbal interactions, the impact of ADHD on analysis/synthesis and self-innovation, etc.). All useful theories are imperfect and time-limited. What we ask of them is not perfection from birth, but the more pragmatic standard of greater utility than previously existing models or theories. Competing theories of ADHD have limited themselves to just elucidating the nature of the inhibitory deficit (Quay, 1997; Sonuga-Barke et al., 1994) while ignoring the associated cognitive, emotional, and social deficiencies associated with it and explaining why they exist. The present theory offers more utility in that it addresses the origins of those associated problems, is more testable and hence falsifiable, provides a better link to normal child development, and yields a greater understanding of the basis for managing the disorder than do other extant models. Regardless of what theory may replace it in the future, it will likewise have to deal with the evidence which points to problems with inhibition and these four executive functions.
This appreciation of the linkage among the executive functions in the model, the self-regulation they permit, and the goal-directed persistence that derives from self-control explain several important findings about the link between disinhibition (hyperactive–impulsive behavior) and inattention. It is possible to see, now, why the problems with hyperactive–impulsive behavior arise first in the development of ADHD to be followed within a few years by the problems with inattention. And it also explains the nature of that inattention as it arises. The inattention reflects a deficit in executive functioning, especially working memory, and so is really a form of intention deficit (attention to the future).
There are numerous implications for the clinical treatment or management of ADHD that stem from the model of executive functions and self-regulation developed here and extrapolated to ADHD (see Barkley, 1997b). Space here permits a brief discussion of only the more important or obvious ones.
The totality of the deficits associated with ADHD cleave thought from action, knowledge from performance, past and future from the moment, and the dimension of time from the rest of the three-dimensional world more generally. This definition means that ADHD is not a disorder of knowing what to do but of doing what one knows. It produces a disorder of applied intelligence by partially dissociating the crystallized intelligence of prior knowledge from its application in the day-to-day stream of adaptive functioning. ADHD, then, is a disorder of performance more than a disorder of skill—a disability in the “when” and “where” and less in the “how” or “what” of behavior. Those with ADHD often know what they should do or should have done before, but knowing provides little consolation to them, little influence over their behavior, and often much irritation to others. Such knowledge seems to matter little when they are actually behaving at particular moments.
Events predicted to lie ahead in the distant future will elicit planning and anticipatory behaviors in others at a far greater future time horizon than is likely to be seen in those with ADHD. Those with ADHD, instead, may not begin to make preparations, if at all, until the event is far closer in time, imminent, or even immediately upon them. This pattern is a recipe for a life of chaos and crisis. Individuals with ADHD squander their energies dealing with the emergencies or urgencies of the more temporal now when a few moments forethought and planning could have eased the burden and likely avoided the crisis. ADHD greatly constricts the temporal window or time horizon over which those with the disorder consider the consequences of their actions, and it is through no fault of their own that they find themselves in this predicament.
I fully appreciate the conundrum such conclusions about ADHD pose for the notion of personal accountability and responsibility within society. The argument here could be used by some to seek a finding of “diminished capacity” in the mental status of those with ADHD, as that capacity was originally conceived to be in common law. That capacity was the power to consider one’s actions in light of past experience and future consequences; too deliberate the outcomes of one’s acts relative to time. In a way, those seeking to make such a case would be correct in this analysis—ADHD does create a diminished capacity to deliberate on the outcomes of one’s actions.
It is clear that ADHD is disrupting the cross-temporal organization of behavior, loosening the binding of past and future consequences to the deliberations on current behavior, and lessening the capacity to bridge delays among the elements of a behavioral contingency. Given this circumstance, I submit that the required response of others to the poor self-control shown by those with ADHD, then, is not to eliminate the outcomes of their actions and to excuse them from personal accountability. It is to temporally tighten up those consequences, emphasizing more immediate accountability. Consequences must be made more immediate, increased in their frequency, made more “external” and salient, and provided more consistently than is likely to be the case for the natural consequences associated with one’s conduct. More feedback, more often is the resulting conclusion; more accountability and holding to responsibility, not less, are the watchwords in helping those with ADHD. Their problem is not so much being held accountable for the outcomes of their actions but the delays in that accountability that are often inherent in those natural outcomes. The most salient natural outcomes of our behavior are often those that are delayed in time, such as eventually being retained in grade after several years of poor school performance, being suspended from school after years of repeated misconduct in that environment, and being arrested and jailed for years of impulsive criminal conduct. The provision of more proximal outcomes more often should preclude or minimize the likelihood of these more harmful, socially damaging, yet temporally distal natural outcomes of the conduct of those with ADHD.
ADHD is, therefore, not an excuse but an explanation, not a reason to dismiss outright the ultimate consequences of one’s actions but a reason to increase accountability by making it more temporally contiguous with those actions. Time, not consequences, is the problem in life’s behavioral contingencies for those with ADHD. Therefore, removing time, not removing outcomes, is the solution to their problem of “diminished capacity.” Time and the future are the nemeses of those with ADHD, not outcomes and personal responsibility. And it is through no fault of their own that they find themselves in this temporal dilemma. Thus, society should not absolve those with ADHD of accountability or responsibility for their actions, but it should absolve them of the moral indignation of others that often accompanies this issue.
This text takes as its premise that time is the ultimate yet nearly invisible disability afflicting those with ADHD. If one cannot see spatial distances very well, the solution is corrective lenses. If one neglects to respond to events at visuospatial distances as a consequence of brain injury, the prescription is cognitive rehabilitation. But what are the solutions to those with a myopia or blindness to time and a neglect of distances that lie ahead in time? And how can those individuals be expected to benefit from any corrective or rehabilitative treatments when the very cognitive mechanisms that subserve the use of these treatments—the self-�regulatory or executive functions—are precisely where the damage caused by ADHD lies?
Teaching time awareness and management to a person who cannot perform time awareness or time management, no matter how much they may know about time and time management, is not going to prove especially fruitful. Given the information in this chapter, we should not be surprised to find that the person with ADHD often may not even show up for the appointments for such rehabilitation or show up on time given his or her disability in performing within time. Understanding time and how one comes to organize behavior within it and toward it, then, is a major key to the mystery of understanding ADHD.
An important implication of this model is that the most useful treatments are those in place in natural settings at the point of performance, where the desired behavior is to occur. Ingersoll and Goldstein (1993) say that this “point of performance” seems to be a key concept in the management of those with ADHD. The further away in space and time the location of the intervention from this point of performance is, the less effective it should prove to be for managing or treating those having ADHD. This implication immediately suggests that clinic-delivered treatments, such as play therapy, counseling of the child, neurofeedback, or other such therapies, are not as likely to produce clinically significant improvement in ADHD, if at all, in comparison to treatments undertaken by caregivers in natural settings at the places and times the performance of the desired behavior is to occur. The latter treatments would be programs such as behavior modification that undertake to restructure the natural setting and its contingencies to achieve a change in the desired behavior and to maintain that desired behavior over time.
This perspective suggests an additional implication of the model for treating those with ADHD: Any such treatment will be purely symptomatic. That is, treatments that alter the natural environment to increase desired behavior at critical points of performance will result in changes in that behavior and its maintenance over time only insofar as the treatments are maintained in those places over time. Behavioral treatments or any other such method of management applied at the point of performance is not altering the underlying neuropsychological and largely genetic deficits in behavioral inhibition. It only provides immediate relief from these deficits by reducing or restructuring those environmental factors that appear to handicap the performance of the individual with ADHD in that setting. Eliminate the behavioral treatments and environmental structure created to sustain the behavior and, to a large degree, a reversal of the treatment effects should occur.
Behavior modification treatments may be highly successful in altering behavior in the contexts in which they are applied and in sustaining those treatment gains as long as they are applied. But the removal of the contingencies often spells the death knell for further maintenance of these treatment gains. Nor should we expect to find that such treatments, even when in place, produce generalization of treatment effects to other settings where no such treatments are in place. Thus, treatment of the individual with ADHD is not so much a “cure” that eliminates the underlying cause of the disorder. It is, instead, a means of providing temporary improvement in the symptoms of the disorder, and even then only in those settings in which such treatments are applied. Although this treatment may be initiated to reduce those future risks that are secondary consequences of having unmanaged ADHD, as yet, little or no evidence suggests that such benefits accrue from these short-term treatments unless they are sustained over the long term. Nevertheless, the management of behavior in the immediate environments in which it is problematic for those with ADHD is a laudable goal in and of itself, even if it is not shown to produce additional benefits for the individual in later years. After all, the reduction of immediate distress and improvement in immediate success is a legitimate treatment outcome for improving the immediate quality of life for the individual.
This theory suggests a more specific implication for the management of ADHD. Only a treatment that can result in improvement or normalization of the underlying neuropsychological deficit in behavioral inhibition is likely to result in an improvement or normalization of the executive functions dependent on such inhibition. To date, the only treatment that exists that has any hope of achieving this end is stimulant medication or other psychopharmacological agents that improve or normalize the neural substrates in the prefrontal regions that likely underlie this disorder. Evidence to date suggests that this improvement or normalization in inhibition and some of the executive functions may occur as a temporary consequence of active treatment with stimulant medication, yet only during the time course the medication remains within the brain. Research shows that clinical improvement in behavior occurs in as many as 75–92% of those with the hyperactive–impulsive form of ADHD and results in normalization of behavior in approximately 50–60% of these cases, on average. The model of ADHD developed here, then, implies that stimulant medication is not only a useful treatment approach for the management of ADHD but the predominant treatment approach among those treatments currently available because it is the only treatment known to date to produce such improvement/normalization rates.
Society may view medication treatment of ADHD children as anathema largely as a result of a misunderstanding of both the nature of ADHD specifically and the nature of self-control more generally. In both instances, many in society wrongly believe the causes of both ADHD and poor self-control to be chiefly social in nature, with poor upbringing and child management by the parents of the poorly self-controlled child seen as the most likely culprit. The present model states that not only is this view of ADHD incorrect but so is this view of self-regulation. And this model also implies that using stimulant medication to help to temporarily improve or alleviate the underlying neuropsychological dysfunction is a commendable, ethically and professionally responsible, and humane way of proceeding with treatment for those with ADHD.
Turning to more specific implications of this model of ADHD for treatment, it can be reasoned that if ADHD results in an undercontrol of behavior by internally represented forms of information, caregivers should get that information “externalized” as much as possible, whenever feasible. These internal forms of information, if they have been generated at all, appear to be extraordinarily weak in their ability to control and sustain behavior in its more futuristic and beneficial form for the individual with ADHD. Self-directed visual imagery, audition, and the other covert resensing activities that form nonverbal working memory as well as covert self-speech, if they are functional at all at certain times and contexts, are not yielding up information of sufficient power to control behavior. That behavior is remaining largely under the control of the salient aspects of the immediate three-dimensional context. The solution to this problem is not to carp at ADHD individuals to simply try harder or to remember what they are supposed to be working on or toward. It is instead to take charge of that immediate context and fill it with forms of stimuli comparable to their internal counterparts that are proving so ineffective. In a sense, clinicians treating those with ADHD must beat the environment at its own game. Sources of high-appealing distracters that may serve to subvert, pervert, or disrupt task-directed behavior should be minimized whenever possible. In their place should be forms of stimuli and information that are just as salient and appealing yet are directly associated with or an inherent part of the task to be accomplished.
Specifically, parents or educators of children with ADHD may need to rely on external prompts, cues, reminders, or even physical props that supplement the internal forms of information that are proving ineffective. If the rules that are understood to be operative �during classroom individual deskwork, for instance, do not seem to be controlling the ADHD child’s behavior, they should be externalized. The rules can be externalized by posting signs about the classroom that are related to these rules, or by creating a poster displayed at the front of the class or typed on a card taped to the child’s desk that reminds the child of these rules. Having the child verbally self-state these rules aloud before and during these individual work performances may also be helpful. Tape-recording these reminders on a cassette tape, which the child listens to through an earphone while working is another way to externalize the rules and put them at the points of performance. It is not the intention of this chapter to articulate the details of the many treatments that can be designed from this model. That is done in later chapters of this textbook. All I wish to do here is simply show that with the knowledge this model provides and a little ingenuity, many of these forms of internally represented information can be externalized for better management of the child or adult with ADHD.
Chief among these internally represented forms of information that either need to be externalized or removed entirely from the task are those related to time. As I have stated earlier, time and the future are the enemies of people with ADHD when it comes to task accomplishment or performance toward a goal. An obvious solution, then, is to reduce or eliminate these elements of a task when feasible. For instance, rather than assign a behavioral contingency that has large temporal gaps among its elements to someone with ADHD, those temporal gaps should be reduced whenever possible. In other words, the elements should be made more contiguous.
For example, let us consider a book report assigned to an ADHD student. That report is assigned today but stipulates that the report is due in 2 weeks after which it will be at least 1 week or more before the grade for it is returned to the student. There is a 2-week gap between the event (assignment) and response (report) in this contingency as well as a 1-week gap between the response and its consequence (the grade). Moreover, the grade is a rather weak source of motivation for someone with ADHD as it is symbolic, secondary, and a formative type of augmental in rule-governed behavior. This additional implication of the model, dealing with the requirement for more external sources of behavioral motivation to undergird task or goal-directed performances for those with ADHD, is discussed later. The important point here is that large gaps in time exist within this temporal contingency that are detrimental to the successful performance of this contingency by those with ADHD. This model suggests, instead, that instructions for the task be presented to the child with ADHD as follows: (1) Read five pages right now from your book, then (2) write two to three sentences based on what you read, after which (3) I will give you five tokens (or some other immediate privilege) that you have earned for following this rule. Although the example may seem simplistic, the concepts underlying it are not; those concepts are critical to developing effective management programs for those with ADHD according to this model. Gaps in time within behavioral contingencies must be reduced or eliminated whenever possible.
When they cannot be eliminated, the sense of time itself, or its passage, needs to be externalized in some way. If the individual’s internal, cognitive clock is not working well, an external clock in the immediate context should become part of the task’s performance. For instance, instead of telling a child with ADHD that he or she has 30 minutes to get some classwork or school homework or a chore done, caregivers should consider other, more helpful options. Not only does the rule of the assignment need to be more externalized, for example, by using of printed rules on chore, homework, or classwork cards, discussed previously, but the time interval itself should be as well. Caregivers can accomplish this goal by writing that number on the card to signify the time limit and also by setting a spring-loaded kitchen cooking timer to 30 minutes and placing it before the child while he or she performs the task. Then there is little need for the child to fall back on an internal sense of this temporal duration, inaccurate as I have shown that is likely to be. Time can be externalized within tasks or settings in many ways that might prove beneficial to those with ADHD and simply require some cleverness to construct. Likewise, other ways of “bridging” temporal delays may help those with ADHD—limited only by the creativity of the clinician or caregiver. The point I wish to emphasize here, once again, is not the method but the concept—externalize time and the bridges we use across it!
Yet there is a major caveat to all these implications for externalizing forms of internally represented information. This caveat stems from the component of the model that deals with self-regulation of emotion, motivation, and arousal: No matter how much clinicians, educators, and caregivers externalize the internalized forms of information by which they desire the person with ADHD to be guided (stimuli, events, rules, images, sounds, etc.), it is likely to prove only partially successful, and even then only temporarily, if internal sources of motivation are not augmented with more powerful external forms as well. It is not simply the internally represented information that is weak in those with ADHD, it is the internally generated sources of motivation associated with them that are critical to driving goal-directed behavior toward tasks, the future, and the intended outcome in the absence of external motivation in the immediate context. Addressing one form of internalized information without addressing the other is a sure recipe for ineffectual treatment. Anyone wishing to treat or manage those with ADHD has to understand that sources of motivation must also be externalized in those contexts in which tasks are to be performed, rules followed, and goals accomplished. Complaining to ADHD individuals about their lack of motivation (laziness), drive, will power, or self-discipline will not suffice. Pulling back from assisting them to let the natural consequences occur, as if this will teach them a lesson that will correct their behavior, is likewise a recipe for disaster. Instead, artificial means of creating external sources of motivation must be arranged at the point of performance in the context in which the work or behavior is desired.
For example, token systems in the form of artificial reward programs for children 5 years of age and older are one of the best means to subserve the weak internal sources of motivation in ADHD children. Plastic poker chips can be given throughout and at the end of the work performance, as suggested earlier in the book report example. These chips can be exchanged for access to other more salient privileges, rewards, treats, and so on that the child with ADHD may desire. The point here is not as much the technique as the concepts. Rewards, in most cases artificial or socially arranged ones, must be instituted more immediately and more often throughout a performance context for those with ADHD and must be tied to more salient reinforcers that are available within relatively short periods if the behavior of those with ADHD is to be improved. This point applies as much to mild punishments for inappropriate behavior or poor work performance as it does to rewards. And, as I noted earlier, such artificial sources of motivation must be maintained over long periods or the gains in performance they initially induce will not be sustained.
The methods of behavior modification are particularly well suited to achieving these ends and many techniques exist within this form of treatment that can be applied to those with ADHD (see later chapters for such methods). What first needs to be recognized, as this model of ADHD stipulates, is that (1) internalized, self-generated forms of motivation are weak at initiating and sustaining goal directed behavior; (2) externalized sources of motivation, often artificial, must be arranged within the context at the point of performance; and (3) these compensatory, prosthetic forms of motivation must be sustained for long periods.
Concerning the latter recommendation, it is certainly likely that with neurological maturation, those with ADHD improve their ability to self-generate motivation, as is implied in the concept of a developmental delay. They merely lag behind their normal peers in this capacity at each age at which we examine them. Thus, like normal children, we can diminish their reliance on external sources of motivation and the intensity and frequency with which they are arranged as they mature and develop the capacity for self-motivation. This means that behavior modification programs using artificial rewards can be “thinned” or reduced in their frequency and immediacy over time as the ADHD child’s maturation results in an increase in the ability to self-motivate. But this model also argues that at any age at which we work with an individual with ADHD, such external sources of motivation must still be relied on more than is normal for the individual’s age even though with less rigor, immediacy, frequency, and consistency than at earlier ages.
Thus far, I have tried to address the treatment implications for the first three executive function deficits in the model of ADHD created here: working memory, internalized speech, and self-regulated motivation. How to deal with the problem of reconstitution predicted to be deficient in those with ADHD seems to me to be more difficult to address. If more were known about the process of analysis/synthesis and the behavioral creativity to which it gives rise, ways of externalizing this process might be more evident and useful to those with ADHD in this domain of their executive deficits. Perhaps taking the problem assigned to the ADHD individual and placing its parts on some externally represented material would help, along with prompting and guidance as to how to take apart and move about these forms of information to recombine them into more useful forms. Adults seem to do this when struggling with a difficult problem; they make their previous internal forms of problem-solving behavior external. For instance, we see this when people talk to themselves out loud when solving a difficult puzzle or acquisition of a complex procedure; begin to doodle on a pad, playing with certain designs; free associate publicly to the topic of the problem under discussion; or even reduce a number of words to slips of paper or pieces of magnets and then randomly reshuffle them to create new arrangements. (The game Magnetic Poetry does this with words on small magnetic strips, as Boggle, Scrabble, and anagrams do with letters.) Regardless, the point of this discussion is the same as for the other executive functions—by externalizing what should otherwise be internally represented information and even externalizing the process by which that information is being generated caregivers may be able to assist those with ADHD in compensating for their weak executive functions. Again, such structuring of tasks and contexts must be sustained over long periods if the gains it initially achieves are to be sustained as well.
The foregoing leads to a much more general implication of this model of ADHD: The approach taken to its management must be the same as that taken in the management of other chronic medical or psychiatric disabilities. I frequently use diabetes as an analogous condition to ADHD in trying to assist parents and other professionals in grasping this point. At the time of diagnosis, all involved realize that no cure exists as yet for the condition. Still, multiple means can provide symptomatic relief from the deleterious effects of the condition, including taking daily doses of medication and changing settings, tasks, and lifestyles. Immediately following diagnosis, the clinician designs and brings to bear a treatment package on the condition. This package must be maintained over long periods to maintain the symptomatic relief that the treatments initially achieve. Ideally, the treatment package, so maintained, will reduce or eliminate the secondary consequences of leaving the condition un�managed. However, each patient is different and so is each instance of the chronic condition being treated. As a result, symptom breakthrough and crises are likely to occur periodically over the period of treatment that may demand reintervention or the design and implementation of entirely new treatment packages. Throughout all this management, the goal of the clinician, family members, and patients themselves is to try to achieve an improvement in the quality of life and success for the individual, though it may never be totally normal.
A number of issues have been raised throughout this chapter that point the way to potentially fruitful research. The theoretical model discussed above, alone, suggests numerous possibilities for studying working memory, time and its influence over behavior, the internalization of language, creativity and fluency, the self-regulation of affect and motivation, and motor fluency in those with ADHD. Such research will not only be theory-driven but should have the laudable outcome of linking studies of a child psychopathological condition with the larger literature of developmental psychology, developmental neuropsychology, information processing, and behavior analysis—linkages already being examined in a general way for commonalities among their paradigms and findings (Lyon, 1995).
Certainly, the diagnostic criteria developed to date, even though the most rigorous and empirical ever provided, may still suffer from problems. The fact that such criteria are not theory-driven and developmentally referenced despite being empirically derived risks creating several difficulties for understanding the disorder and clinically applying these criteria, among these being: (1) apparent developmental declines in the disorder and its symptoms may be more illusion than fact; (2) subtypes of a disorder are created that may simply be developmental stages of the same disorder (ADHD-HI and ADHD-C) or are different disorders entirely (ADHD-I); (3) female subjects may be under identified given that current criteria were developed predominantly from male populations; and (4) a criterion for pervasiveness that confounds the source of information with its setting may be resulting in overly restrictive criteria. These are just a few of the difficulties.
Important in future research will be efforts to understand the nature of the attentional problems in ADHD given that extant research seriously questions whether these problems are actually within the realm of attention at all and that the subtypes of ADHD may have qualitatively different attentional disturbances. Most studies point to impairment within the motor or output systems of the brain rather than the sensory processing systems in the C-type that is not as evident in the I-type, especially those with SCT. The theoretical model presented here hypothesizes that even this supposed problem with sustained attention represents a deficiency in a more complex, developmentally later form of goal-directed persistence associated with working memory and executive functioning. It arises out of poor self-regulation rather than representing a disturbance in the more basic and traditional form of sustained responding that is contingency-shaped and maintained. Our understanding of the very nature of the disorder of ADHD is at stake in how research comes to resolve these issues.
That the field of behavioral and especially molecular genetics offers exciting prospects for future research on ADHD goes without saying. Evidence available to date shows a strong hereditary influence in the behavior patterns comprising ADHD as well as the clinical disorder itself. As of this writing, the race seems to be on to identify the very genes that give rise to it. Such exciting prospects also exist within the domain of neurobiological and neuroimaging studies in view of present, albeit limited, evidence that diminished metabolic activity and even minute structural differences in brain morphology within highly specific regions of the prefrontal and midbrain systems may be associated with this disorder. The increasing availability, economy, safety, and sensitivity of modern neuroimaging devices should result in a plethora of new studies on ADHD given the promising starts to date.
Key to understanding ADHD may be the notion that it is actually a disorder of performance and not of skill; of how one’s intelligence is applied in everyday effective adaptive functioning and not in knowledge itself; of doing what you know rather than knowing what to do; and of when and not how in the performance of behavior generally. The concept of time, how it is sensed, and particularly how one uses it in self-regulation may come to be a critical element in our understanding of ADHD as it is coming to be in our understanding of the unique role of the prefrontal cortex more generally (Fuster, 1997). Likewise, the study of how events are mentally represented and prolonged in working memory, and how private thought arises out of initially public behavior through the developmental process of internalization likely hold important pieces of information for the understanding of ADHD itself. And as the evolutionary (adaptive) purposes of the prefrontal lobes and the executive functions they mediate come to be better understood (Barkley, 2001c), it is highly likely that these findings will yield a rich vein of insights into the sorts of adaptive deficits rendered by ADHD.
Accardo, P. J., Blondis, T. A., Whitman, B. Y., & Stein, M. A. (2000). Attention Deficits and Hyperactivity in Children and Adults. New York: Marcel Dekker.
Achenbach, T. M. (1991). Manual for the Revised Child Behavior Profile and Child Behavior Checklist. Burlington, VT: Author.
Achenbach, T. M., & Edelbrock, C. S. (1983). Manual for the Child Behavior Profile and Child Behavior Checklist. Burlington, VT: Achenbach (author).
Achenbach, T. M., & Edelbrock, C. S. (1987). Empirically based assessment of the behavioral/emotional problems of 2– and 3–year-old children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15, 629–650.
Achenbach, T. M., McConaughy, S. H., & Howell, C. T. (1987). Child/adolescent behavioral and emotional problems: Implications of cross-informant correlations for situational specificity. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 213–232.
Altepeter, T. S., & Breen, M. J. (1992). Situational variation in problem behavior at home and school in attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity: A factor analytic study. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 33, 741–748.
American Psychiatric Association. (1968). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (2nd ed.). Washington, DC: Author.
American Psychiatric Association. (1980). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (3rd ed.). Washington, DC: Author.
American Psychiatric Association. (1987). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (3rd ed., rev.). Washington, DC: Author.
American Psychiatric Association. (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.). Washington, DC: Author.
Anderson, C. A., Hinshaw, S. P., & Simmel, C. (1994). Mother–child interactions in ADHD and comparison boys: Relationships with overt and covert externalizing behavior. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 22, 247–265.
Angold, A., Costello, E. J., & Erkanli, A. (1999). Comorbidity. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 40, 57-88.
Antrop, I., Roeyers, H., Van Oost, P., & Buysse, A. (2000). Stimulant seeking and hyperactivity in children with ADHD. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 41, 225-231.
Applegate, B., Lahey, B. B., Hart, E. L., Waldman, I., Biederman, J., Hynd, G. W., Barkley, R. A., Ollendick, T., Frick, P. J., Greenhill, L., McBurnett, K., Newcorn, J., Kerdyk, L., Garfinkel, B., & Shaffer, D. (1997). Validity of the age-of-onset criterion for ADHD: A report of the DSM-IV field trials. Journal of American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1211-1221.
Aronen, E. T., Paavonen, J., Fjallberg, M., Soininen, M., Torronen, J. (2000). Sleep and psychiatric symptoms in school-age children. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 502-508.
August, G. J., & Stewart, M. A. (1983). Family subtypes of childhood hyperactivity. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 171, 362–368.
August, G. J., Stewart, M. A., & Holmes, C. S. (1983). A four-year follow-up of hyperactive boys with and without conduct disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 143, 192-198.
Aylward, E. H., Reiss, A. L., Reader, M. J., Singer, H. S., Brown, J. E., & Denckla, M. B. (1996). Basal ganglia volumes in children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Child Neurology, 11, 112-115.
Baddeley, A. (2001). Is working memory still working? American Psychologist.
Ball, J. D., & Koloian, B. (1995). Sleep patterns among ADHD children. Clinical Psychology Review, 15, 681-691.
Ball, J. D., Tiernan, M., Janusz, J., & Furr, A. (1997). Sleep patterns among children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: A reexamination of parent perceptions. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 22, 389-398.
Baloh, R., Sturm, R., Green, B., & Gleser, G. (1975). Neuropsychological effects of chronic asymptomatic increased lead absorption. Archives of Neurology, 32, 326–330.
Barkley, R. A. (1985). The social interactions of hyperactive children: Developmental changes, drug effects, and situational variation. In R. McMahon & R. Peters (Eds.), Childhood disorders: Behavioral–developmental approaches (pp. 218–243). New York: Brunner/Mazel.
Barkley, R. A. (1988). The effects of methylphenidate on the interactions of preschool ADHD children with their mothers. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 27, 336–341.
Barkley, R. A. (1989a). The problem of stimulus control and rule-governed behavior in children with attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity. In J. Swanson & L. Bloomingdale (Eds.), Attention deficit disorders (pp. 203–234). New York: Pergamon.
Barkley, R. A. (1989b). Hyperactive girls and boys: Stimulant drug effects on mother–child interactions. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 30, 379–390.
Barkley, R. A. (1990). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: A handbook for diagnosis and treatment. New York: Guilford Press.
Barkley, R. A. (1994). Impaired delayed responding: A unified theory of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. In D. K. Routh (Ed.), Disruptive behavior disorders: Essays in honor of Herbert Quay (pp. 11–57). New York: Plenum Press.
Barkley, R. A. (1997a). Behavioral inhibition sustained, attention, and executive functions: Constructing a unifying theory of ADHD. Psychological Bulletin, 121, 65–94.
Barkley, R. A. (1997b). ADHD and the nature of self-control. New York: Guilford
Barkley, R. A. (1998). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: A handbook for diagnosis and treatment (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Barkley, R. A. (1999a). Response inhibition in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 5, 177-184.
Barkley, R. A. (1999b). Theories of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. In H. Quay & A. Hogan (Eds.), Handbook of disruptive behavior disorders (pp. 295-316). New York: Plenum.
Barkley, R. A. (2001a). The inattentive type of ADHD as a distinct disorder: What remains to be done. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 8, 489-493.
Barkley, R. A. (2001b). Genetics of childhood disorders: XVII. ADHD, Part I: The executive functions and ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 1064-1068.
Barkley, R. A. (2001c). The executive functions and self-regulation: An evolutionary neuropsychological perspective. Neuropsychology Review, 11, 1-29.
Barkley, R. A. (2006). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: A handbook for diagnosis and treatment (3rd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Barkley, R. A., Anastopoulos, A. D., Guevremont, D. G., & Fletcher, K. F. (1991). Adolescents with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: Patterns of behavioral adjustment, academic functioning, and treatment utilization. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 30, 752–761.
Barkley, R. A., Anastopoulos, A. D., Guevremont, D. G., & Fletcher, K. F. (1992). Adolescents with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: Mother–adolescent interactions, family beliefs and conflicts, and maternal psychopathology. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20, 263–288.
Barkley, R. A., & Biederman, J. (1997). Towards a broader definition of the age of onset criterion for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1204-1210.
Barkley, R. A. & Cox, D. J. (2007). A Review of Driving Risks and Impairments Associated with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder and the Effects of Stimulant Medication on Driving Performance. Journal of Safety Research, 38, 113-128.
Barkley, R. A., & Cunningham, C. E. (1979a). Stimulant drugs and activity level in hyperactive children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 49, 491–499.
Barkley, R. A., & Cunningham, C. E. (1979b). The effects of methylphenidate on the mother–child interactions of hyperactive children. Archives of General Psychiatry, 36, 201–208.
Barkley, R., Cunningham, C., & Karlsson, J. (1983). The speech of hyperactive children and their mothers: Comparisons with normal children and stimulant drug effects. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 16, 105–110.
Barkley, R. A., DuPaul, G. J., & McMurray, M.B. (1990). A comprehensive evaluation of attention deficit disorder with and without hyperactivity. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 58, 775–789.
Barkley, R. A., & Edelbrock, C. S. (1987). Assessing situational variation in children’s behavior problems: The Home and School Situations Questionnaires. In R. Prinz (Ed.), Advances in behavioral assessment of children and families (Vol. 3, pp. 157–176). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Barkley, R. A. Edwards, G., Laneri, M., Fletcher, K., & Metevia, L. (2001). Executive functioning, temporal discounting, and sense of time in adolescents with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and oppositional defiant disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 541-556.
Barkley, R. A., Fischer, M., Edelbrock, C. S., & Smallish, L. (1990). The adolescent outcome of hyperactive children diagnosed by research criteria: I. An 8 year prospective follow-up study. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 546–557.
Barkley, R. A., Fischer, M., Edelbrock, C. S., & Smallish, L. (1991). The adolescent outcome of hyperactive children diagnosed by research criteria: III. Mother–child interactions, family conflicts, and maternal psychopathology. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 32, 233–256.
Barkley, R. A., Fischer, M., Fletcher, K., & Smallish, L. (2002). Persistence of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder into adulthood as a function of reporting source and definition of disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 279-289.
Barkley, R. A., Fischer, M. , Smallish, L., & Fletcher, K. (2003 ). Does the treatment of ADHD with stimulant medication contribute to illicit drug use and abuse in adulthood? Results from a 15-year prospective study. Pediatrics, 111, 109-121.
Barkley, R. A., Grodzinsky, G., & DuPaul, G. (1992). Frontal lobe functions in attention deficit disorder with and without hyperactivity: A review and research report. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20, 163–188.
Barkley, R. A., Guevremont, D. G., Anastopoulos, A. D., DuPaul, G. J., & Shelton, T. L. (1993). Driving-related risks and outcomes of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in adolescents and young adults: A 3–5 year follow-up survey. Pediatrics, 92, 212–218.
Barkley, R. A., Karlsson, J., & Pollard, S. (1985). Effects of age on the mother–child interactions of hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 13, 631–638.
Barkley, R. A., Karlsson, J., Pollard, S., & Murphy, J. V. (1985). Developmental changes in the mother–child interactions of hyperactive boys: Effects of two dose levels of Ritalin. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 26, 705–715.
Barkley, R. A., Licho, R., McGough, J. J., Tuite, P., Feifel, D., Mishkin, F., Sullivan, M., Williams, B., Murphy, K., McCracken, J., Corbett, B., Hoh, C., Bush, B., Schacherer, R., Kawamoto, B., Fischman, A., Trout, J. R., Lanser, M., Spencer, T (2002). Excessive dopamine transporter density in adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder assessed by SPECT with [123 I] altropane. University of Massachusetts Medical School, Worcester, MA.
Barkley, R. A., Murphy, K. R., & Bush, T. (2001). Time perception and reproduction in young adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Neuropsychology, 15, 351-360.
Barkley, R. A., Murphy, K. R., DuPaul, G. R., & Bush, T. (2002). Driving in young adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: Knowledge, performance, adverse outcomes and the role of executive functions. Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society, 8, 655-672.
Barkley, R. A., Murphy, K. R., & Fischer, M. (2008). ADHD in Adults: What the Science Says. New York: Guilford Publications.
Barkley, R. A., Murphy, K. R., & Kwasnik, D. (1996a). Psychological functioning and adaptive impairments in young adults with ADHD. Journal of Attention Disorders, 1, 41-54.
Barkley, R. A., Murphy, K. R., & Kwasnik, D. (1996b). Motor vehicle driving competencies and risks in teens and young adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Pediatrics, 98, 1089-1095.
Barkley, R. A., Shelton, T. L., Crosswait, C., Moorehouse, M., Fletcher, K., Barrett, S., Jenkins, L., & Metevia, L. (in press). Preschool children with high levels of disruptive behavior: Three-year outcomes as a function of adaptive disability. Development and Psychopathology.
Bate, A. J., Mathias, J. L., & Crawford, J. R. (2001). Performance of the Test of Everyday Attention and standard tests of attention following severe traumatic brain injury. The Clinical Neuropsychologist, 15, 405-422.
Baumgaertel, A., Wolraich, M. L., & Dietrich, M. (1995). Comparison of diagnostic criteria for attention deficit disorders in a German elementary school sample. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 629-638.
Baving, L., Laucht, M., & Schmidt, M. H. (1999). Atypical frontal brain activation in ADHD: Preschool and elementary school boys and girls. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 1363-1371.
Bayliss, D. M., & Roodenrys, S. (2000). Executive processing and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: An application of the supervisory attentional system. Developmental Neuropsychology, 17, 161-180.
Beauchaine, T. P., Katkin, E. S., Strassberg, Z., & Snarr, J. (2001). Disinhibitory psychopathology in male adolescents: Discriminating conduct disorder from attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder through concurrent assessment of multiple autonomic states. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 610-624.
Befera, M., & Barkley, R. A. (1984). Hyperactive and normal girls and boys: Mother–child interactions, parent psychiatric status, and child psychopathology. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 26, 439–452.
Beiser, M., Dion, R., & Gotowiec, A. (2000). The structure of attention-deficit and hyperactivity symptoms among native and non-native elementary school children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 425-537.
Beitchman, J. H., Wekerle, C., & Hood, J. (1987). Diagnostic continuity from preschool to middle childhood. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 26, 694–699.
Bennett, L. A., Wolin, S. J., & Reiss, D. (1988). Cognitive, behavioral, and emotional problems among school-age children of alcoholic parents. American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 185–190.
Benton, A. (1991). Prefrontal injury and behavior in children. Developmental Neuropsychology, 7, 275–282.
Berk, L. E., & Potts, M. K. (1991). Development and functional significance of private speech among attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and normal boys. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 19, 357–377.
Bhatia, M. S., Nigam, V. R., Bohra, N., & Malik, S. C. (1991). Attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity among paediatric outpatients. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 32, 297–306.
Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., Keenan, K., & Tsuang, M. T. (1991). Evidence of a familial association between attention deficit disorder and major affective disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 633–642.
Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., & Lapey, K. (1992). Comorbidity of diagnosis in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. In G. Weiss (Ed.), Child and adolescent psychiatric clinics of North America: Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (pp. 335–360). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., Mick, E., Spencer, T., Wilens, T., Kiely, K., Guite, J., Ablon, J. S., Reed, E., Warburton, R. (1995). High risk for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder among children of parents with childhood onset of the disorder: A pilot study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 431-435.
Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., Mick, E., williamson, S., Wilens, T. E., Spencer, T. J., Weber, W., Jetton, J., Kraus, I., Pert, J., & Zallen, B. (1999). Clinical correlates of ADHD in females: Findings from a large group of girls ascertained from pediatric and psychiatric referral sources. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 966-975
Biederman, J., Faraone, S., Milberger, S., Curtis, S., Chen, L., Marrs, A., Ouellette, C., Moore, P., & Spencer, T. (1996). Predictors of persistence and remission of ADHD into adolescence: Results from a four-year prospective follow-up study. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 343-351.
Biederman, J., Keenan, K., & Faraone, S. V. (1990). Parent-based diagnosis of attention deficit disorder predicts a diagnosis based on teacher report. American Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 698–701.
Biederman, J., Milberger, S., Faraone, S. V., Guite, J., & Warburton, R. (1994). Associations between childhood asthma and ADHD: Issues of psychiatric comorbidity and familiality. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 33, 842–848.
Biederman, J., Newcorn, J., & Sprich, S. (1991). Comorbidity of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder with conduct, depressive, anxiety, and other disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148, 564-577.
Biederman, J., Wilens, T., Mick, E., Spencer, T., & Faraone, S. V. (1999). Pharmacotherapy of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder reduces risk for substance use disorder. Pediatrics, 104.
Biederman, J., Wozniak, J., Kiely, K., Ablon, S., Faraone, S., Mick, E., Mundy, E., & Kraus, I. (1995). CBCL clinical scales discriminate prepubertal children with structured-interview-derived diagnosis of mania from those with ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 464–471.
Bijur, P., Golding, J., Haslum, M., & Kurzon, M. (1988). Behavioral predictors of injury in school-age children. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 142, 1307– 1312.
Block, G. H. (1977) Hyperactivity: a cultural perspective. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 110, 236-240.
Borger, N., & van der Meere, J. (2000). Visual behaviour of ADHD children during an attention test: An almost forgotten variable. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 41, 525-532.
Braaten, E. B., & Rosen, L. A. (2000). Self-regulation of affect in attention deficit –hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and non-ADHD boys: Differences in empathic responding. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 313-321.
Breen, M. J. (1989). Cognitive and behavioral differences in ADHD boys and girls. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 30, 711–716.
Breggin, P. (1998). Talking back to Ritalin. Monroe, ME: Common Courage Press.
Breslau, N., Brown, G. G., DelDotto, J. E., Kumar, S., Exhuthachan, S., Andreski, P., & Hufnagle, K. G. (1996). Psychiatric sequelae of low birth weight at 6 years of age. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 24, 385-400.
Breton, J., Bergeron, L., Valla, J. P., Berthiaume, C., Gaudet, N., Lambert, J., St. Georges, M., Houde, L., & Lepine, S. (1999). Quebec children mental health survey: prevalence of DSM-III-R mental health disorders. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 40, 375-384.
Briggs-Gowan, M. J., Horwitz, S. M., Schwab-Stone, M. E., Leventhal, J. M., & Leaf, P. J. (2000). Mental health in pediatric settings: distribution of disorders and factors related to service use. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,39, 841-849.
Bronowski, J. (1977). Human and animal languages. In A sense of the future (pp. 104–131). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Bu-Haroon, A., Eapen, V., & Bener, A. (1999). The prevalence of hyperactivity symptoms in the United Arab Emirates. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 53, 439-442.
Buhrmester, D., Camparo, L., Christensen, A., Gonzalez, L. S., & Hinshaw, S. P. (1992). Mothers and fathers interacting in dyads and triads with normal and hyperactive sons. Developmental Psychology, 28, 500–509.
Burke, J. D., Loeber, R., & Lahey, B. B. (2001). Which aspects of ADHD are associated with tobacco use in early adolescence? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 493-502.
Burks, H. (1960). The hyperkinetic child. Exceptional Children, 27, 18.
Burns, G. L., Boe, B., Walsh, J. A., Sommers-Flannagan, R., & Teegarden, L. A. (2001). A confirmatory factor analysis on the DSM-IV ADHD and ODD symptoms: What is the best model for the organization of tehse symptoms? Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 339-349.
Burns, G. L., & Walsh, J. A. (in press). The influence of ADHD-hyperactivity/impulsivity symptoms on the development of oppositional defiant disorder symptoms in a two-year longitudinal study. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology.
Burt, S. A., Krueger, R. F., McGue, M., & Iacono, W. G. (2001). Sources of covariation among attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, oppositional defiant disorder, and conduct disorder: The importance of shared environment. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 516-525.
Cadesky, E. B., Mota, V. L., & Schachar, R. J. (2000). Beyond words: how do children with ADHD and/or conduct problems process nonverbal information about affect? Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,39, 1160-1167.
Cadoret, R. J., & Stewart, M. A. (1991). An adoption study of attention deficit/hyperactivity/aggression and their relationship to adult antisocial personality. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 32, 73–82.
Campbell, S. B. (1990). Behavior problems in preschool children. New York: Guilford Press.
Campbell, S. B., March, C. L., Pierce, E. W., Ewing, L. J., & Szumowski, E. K. (1991). Hard-to-manage preschool boys: Family context and the stability of externalizing behavior. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 19, 301–318.
Campbell, S. B., Schleifer, M., & Weiss, G. (1978). Continuities in maternal reports and child behaviors over time in hyperactive and comparison groups. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 6, 33–45.
Campbell, S. B., Szumowski, E. K., Ewing, L. J., Gluck, D. S., & Breaux, A. M. (1982). A multidimensional assessment of parent-identified behavior problem toddlers. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 10, 569–592.
Cantwell, D. (1975). The hyperactive child. New York: Spectrum.
Cantwell, D. P., & Baker, L. (1992). Association between attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder and learning disorders. In S. E. Shaywitz & B. A. Shaywitz (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder comes of age: Toward the twenty-first century (pp. 145–164). Austin, TX: Pro-ed.
Carlson, C. L., Lahey, B. B., & Neeper, R. (1986). Direct assessment of the cognitive correlates of attention deficit disorders with and without hyperactivity. Journal of Behavioral Assessment and Psychopathology, 8, 69-86.
Carlson, C. L., & Mann, M. (2002). Sluggish cognitive tempo predicts a different pattern of impairment in the Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, Predominantly Inattentive Type. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 31, 123-129.
Carlson, C. L., & Tamm, L. (2000). Responsiveness of children with attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder to reward and response cost: Differential impact on performance and motivation. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 73-83.
Carlson, C. L., Tamm, L., & Gaub, M. (1997). Gender differences in children with ADHD, ODD, and co-occurring ADHD/ODD identified in a school population. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1706-1714.
Carlson, E. A., Jacobvitz, D., & Sroufe, L. A. (1995). A developmental investigation of inattentiveness and hyperactivity. Child Development, 66, 37-54.
Carlson, G. A. (1990). Child and adolescent mania—diagnostic considerations. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 31, 331–342.
Carte, E. T., Nigg, J. T., & Hinshaw, S. P. (1996). Neuropsychological functioning, motor speed, and language processing in boys with and without ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 24, 481-498.
Casey, B. J., Castellanos, F. X., Giedd, J. N., Marsh, W. L., Hamburger, S. D., Schubert, A. B., Vauss, Y. C., Vaituzis, A. C., Dickstein, D. P., Sarfatti, S. E., & Rapoport, J. L. (1997). Implication of right frontstriatal circuitry in response inhibition and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Acdemy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 374-383.
Casey, J. E., Rourke, B. P., & Del Dotto, J. E. (1996). Learning disabilities in children with attention deficit disorder with and without hyperactivity. Child Neuropsychology, 2, 83-98.
Casey, R. J. (1996). Emotional competence in children with externalizing and internalizing disorders. In M. Lewis & M. W. Sullivan (Eds.), Emotional development in atypical children (pp. 161-183). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Castellanos, F. X., Giedd, J. N., Eckburg, P., Marsh, W. L., Vaituzis, C., Kaysen, D., Hamburger, S. D., & Rapoport, J. L. (1994). Quantitative morphology of the caudate nucleus in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 1791-1796.
Castellanos, F. X., Giedd, J. N., Marsh, W. L., Hamburger, S. D., Vaituzis, A. C., Dickstein, D. P., Sarfatti, S. E., Vauss, Y. C., Snell, J. W., Lange, N., Kaysen, D., Krain, A. L., Ritchhie, G. F., Rajapakse, J. C., & Rapoport, J. L. (1996). Quantitative brain magnetic resonance imaging in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 607-616.
Castellanos, F. X., Marvasti, F. F., Ducharme, J. L., Walter, J. M., Israel, M. E., Krain, A., Pavlovsky, C., & Hommer, D. W. (2000). Executive function oculomotor tasks in girls with ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 644-650.
Chadwick, O., Taylor, E., Taylor, A., Heptinstall, E., & Danckaerts, M. (1999). Hyperactivity and reading disability: A longitudinal study of the nature of the association. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 40, 1039-1050
Chang, H. T., Klorman, R., Shaywitz, S. E., Fletcher, J. M., Marchione, K. E., Holahan, J. M., Stuebing, K. K., Brumaghim, J. T., & Shaywitz, B. A. (1999). Paired-associate learning in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder as a function of hyperactivity-impulsivity and oppositional defiant disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 27, 237-245.
Chess, S. (1960). Diagnosis and treatment of the hyperactive child. New York State Journal of Medicine, 60, 2379– 2385.
Chilcoat, H. D., & Breslau, N. (1999).Pathways from ADHD to early drug use. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 38, 1347-1354
Chabot, R. J., & Serfontein, G. (1996). Quantitative electroencephalographic profiles of children with attention deficit disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 40, 951-963.
Chelune, G. J., Ferguson, W., Koon, R., & Dickey, T. O. (1986). Frontal lobe disinhibition in attention deficit disorder. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 16, 221-234.
Clark, C., Prior, M., & Kinsella, G. J. (2000). Do executive function deficits differentiate between adolescents with ADHD and oppositional defiant/conduct disorder? A neuropsychological study using the Six Elements Test and Hayling Sentence Completion Test. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 405-414.
Clark, M. L., Cheyne, J. A., Cunningham, C. E., & Siegel, L. S. (1988). Dyadic peer interaction and task orientation in attention-deficit-disordered children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 16, 1–15.
Claude, D., & Firestone, P. (1995). The development of ADHD boys: A 12-year follow-up. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 27, 226-249.
Cohen, N. J., & Minde, K. (1983). The “hyperactive syndrome” in kindergarten children: Comparison of children with pervasive and situational symptoms. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 24, 443–455.
Cohen, N. J., Sullivan, J., Minde, K., Novak, C., & Keens, S. (1983). Mother-child interaction in hyperactive and normal kindergarten-aged children and the effect of treatment. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 13, 213–224.
Cohen, N. J., Vallance, D. D., Barwick, M., Im, N., Menna, R., Horodezky, N. B., & Isaacson, L. (2000). The interface between ADHD and language impairment: An examination of language, achievement, and cognitive processing. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry,41, 353-362.
Comings, D. E. (2000). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder with Tourette Syndrome. In T. E. Brown (Ed.), Attention-deficit disorders and comorbidities in children, adolescents, and adults (pp. 363-392). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Comings, D. E., Comings, B. G., Muhleman, D., Dietz, G., Shahbahrami, B., Tast, D., Knell, E., Kocsis, P., Baumgarten, R., Kovacs, B. W., Levy, D. L., Smith, M., Borison, R. L., Evans, D. D., Klein, D. N., MacMurray, J., Tosk, J. M., Sverd, J., Gysin, R., & Flanagan, S. D. (1991). The dopamine D2 receptor locus as a modifying gene in neuropsychiatric disorders. Journal of the American Medical Association, 266, 1793–1800.
Conners, C. K., & Wells, K. (1986). Hyperactive children: A neuropsychological approach. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.
Conners, D. K. (1998). (1998). Other medications in the treatment of child and adolescent ADHD. In R. A. Barkley (Ed.), Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: A handbook for diagnosis and treatment (pp. 564-581). New York: Guilford.
Cook, E. H., Stein, M. A., Krasowski, M. D., Cox, N. J., Olkon, D. M., Kieffer, J. E., & Leventhal, B. L. (1995). Association of attention deficit disorder and the dopamine transporter gene. American Journal of Human Genetics, 56, 993–998.
Cook, E. H., Stein, M. A., & Leventhal, D. L. (1997). Family-based association of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and the dopamine transporter. In K. Blum (Ed.), Handbook of Psychitric Genetics (pp. 297-310). New York: CRC Press.
Coolidge, F. L., Thede, L. L., & Young, S. E. (2000). Heritability and the comorbidity of atetntion deficit hyperactivity disorder with behavioral disorders and executive function deficits: A preliminary investigation. Developmental Neuropsychology, 17, 273-287.
Corkum, P. V., Beig, S., Tannock, R., & Moldofsky, H. (1997). Comorbidity: The potential link between attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and sleep problems. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Toronto, October.
Corkum, P., Moldofsky, H., Hogg-Johnson, S., Humphries, T., & Tannock, R. (1999). Sleep problems in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Impact of subtype, comorbidity, and stimulant medication. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 1285-1293.
Costello, E. J., Loeber, R., & Stouthamer-Loeber, M. (1991). Pervasive and situational hyperactivity—Confounding effect of informant: A research note. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 32, 367–376.
Cruickshank, B. M., Eliason, M., & Merrifield, B. (1988). Long-term sequelae of water near-drowning. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 13, 379-388.
Crystal, D. S., Ostrander, R., Chen, R. S., & August, G. J. (2001). Multimethod assessment of psychopathology among DSM-IV subtypes of children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: self-, parent, and teacher reports. Journal of abnormal Child Psycholoy, 29, 189-205.
Cuffe, S. P., McKeown, R. E., Jackson, K. L., Addy, C. L., Abramson, R., & Garrison, C. Z. (2001). Prevalence of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a community sample of older adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 1037-1044.
Cunningham, C. E., Benness, B. B., & Siegel, L. S. (1988). Family functioning, time allocation, and parental depression in the families of normal and ADDH children. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 17, 169–177.
Cunningham, C. E., & Siegel, L. S. (1987). Peer interactions of normal and attention-deficit disordered boys during free-play, cooperative task, and simulated classroom situations. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15, 247– 268.
Cunningham, C. E., Siegel, L. S., & Offord, D. R. (1985). A developmental dose response analysis of the effects of methylphenidate on the peer interactions of attention deficit disordered boys. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 26, 955–971.
Dane, A. V., Schachar, R. J., & Tannock, R. (2000). Does actigraphy differentiate ADHD subtypes in a clinical research setting? Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 752-760.
Danforth, J. S., Barkley, R. A., & Stokes, T. F. (1991). Observations of parent–child interactions with hyperactive children: Research and clinical implications. Clinical Psychology Review, 11, 703–727.
Daugherty, T. K., & Quay, H. C. (1991). Response perseveration and delayed responding in childhood behavior disorders. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 32, 453-461.
David, O. J. (1974). Association between lower level lead concentrations and hyperactivity. Environmental Health Perspective, 7, 17–25.
de la Burde, B., & Choate, M. (1972). Does asymptomatic lead exposure in children have latent sequelae? Journal of Pediatrics, 81, 1088–1091.
de la Burde, B., & Choate, M. (1974). Early asymptomatic lead exposure and development at school age. Journal of Pediatrics, 87, 638–642.
Demaray, M. K., & Elliot, S. N. (2001). Perceived social support by children with characteristics of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. School Psychology Quarterly, 16, 68-90.
Demb, H. B. (1991). Use of Ritalin in the treatment of children with mental retardation. In L. L. Greenhill & B. B. Osmon (Eds.), Ritalin: Theory and patient management (pp. 155–170). New York: Mary Ann Liebert.
Denckla, M. B. (1994). Measurement of executive function. In G. R. Lyon (Ed.), Frames of reference for the assessment of learning disabilities: New views on measurement issues (pp. 117–142). Baltimore: Brookes.
Denckla, M. B., & Rudel, R. G. (1978). Anomalies of motor development in hyperactive boys. Annals of Neurology, 3, 231–233.
Denckla, M. B., Rudel, R. G., Chapman, C., & Krieger, J. (1985). Motor proficiency in dyslexic children with and without attentional disorders. Archives of Neurology, 42, 228-231.
Denson, R., Nanson, J. L., & McWatters, M. A. (1975). Hyperkinesis and maternal smoking. Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 20, 183–187.
Diamond, A. (1990). The development and neural bases of memory functions as indexed by the AB and delayed response task in human infants and infant monkeys. In A. Diamond (Ed.), The development and neuronal bases of higher cognitive functions. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 608, 276–317.
Diamond, A. (2000). Close interrelation of motor development and cognitive development and of the cerebellum and prefrontal cortex. Developmental Psychology, 71, 44-56.
Diamond, A., Cruttenden, L., & Neiderman, D. (1994). AB with multiple wells: 1. Why are multiple wells sometimes easier than two wells? 2. Memory or memory + inhibition? Developmental Psychology, 30, 192–205.
Diaz, R. M., & Berk, L. E. (1992). Private speech: From social interaction to self-regulation. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
Dolphin, J. E., & Cruickshank, W. M. (1951). Pathology of concept formation in children with cerebral palsy. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 56, 386–392.
Douglas, V. I. (1972). Stop, look, and listen: The problem of sustained attention and impulse control in hyperactive and normal children. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 4, 259–282.
Douglas, V. I. (1980). Higher mental processes in hyperactive children: Implications for training. In R. Knights & D. Bakker (Eds.), Treatment of hyperactive and learning disordered children (pp. 65–92). Baltimore: University Park Press.
Douglas, V. I. (1983). Attention and cognitive problems. In M. Rutter (Ed.), Developmental neuropsychiatry (pp. 280– 329). New York: Guilford Press.
Douglas, V. I. (1999). Cognitive control processes in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. In H. C. Quay & A. Horgan (Eds.), Handbook of disruptive behavior disorders (pp. 105-138). New York: Plenum.
Douglas, V. I., & Parry, P. A. (1983). Effects of reward on delayed reaction time task performance of hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 11, 313– 326.
Douglas, V. I., & Parry, P. A. (1994). Effects of reward and non-reward on attention and frustration in attention deficit disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 22, 281–302.
Douglas, V. I., & Peters, K. G. (1978). Toward a clearer definition of the attentional deficit of hyperactive children. In G. A. Hale & M. Lewis (Eds.), Attention and the development of cognitive skills (pp. 173–248). New York: Plenum Press.
Dougherty, D. D., Bonab, A. A., Spencer, T. J., Rauch, S. L., Madras, B. K., & Fischman, A. J. (1999). Dopamine transporter density in patients with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Lancet, 354, 2132-2133
Doyle, A. E., Faraone, S. V., DuPre, E. P., & Biederman, J. (2001). Separating attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and learning disabilities in girls: A familial risk analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1666-1672.
Draeger, S., Prior, M., & Sanson, A. (1986). Visual and auditory attention performance in hyperactive children: Competence or compliance. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 14, 411–424.
DuPaul, G. J. (1991). Parent and teacher ratings of ADHD symptoms: Psychometric properties in a community-based sample. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 20, 245–253.
DuPaul, G. J., & Barkley, R. A. (1992). Situational variability of attention problems: Psychometric properties of the Revised Home and School Situations Questionnaires. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 21, 178–188.
DuPaul, G. J., Barkley, R. A., & Connor, D. F. (1998). Stimulants. In RA Barkley, ed., Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder: A Handbook for Diagnosis and Treatment (pp. 510-551). New York: Guilford.
DuPaul, G. J., McGoey, K. E., Eckert, T. L., & VanBrakle, J. (2001). Preschool children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: impairments in behavioral, social, and school functioning. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,40, 508-515.
DuPaul, G. J., Power, T. J., Anastopoulos, A. D., & Reid, R. (1999). The ADHD Rating Scale-IV: Checklists, norms, and clinical interpretation. New York: Guilford.
Ebaugh, F. G. (1923). Neuropsychiatric sequelae of acute epidemic encephalitis in children. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 25, 89–97.
Edelbrock, C. S., Costello, A., & Kessler, M. D. (1984). Empirical corroboration of attention deficit disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 23, 285-290.
Edwards, F., Barkley, R., Laneri, M., Fletcher, K., & Metevia, L. (2001). Parent-adolescent conflict in teenagers with ADHD and ODD. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 557-572.
Elia, J., Gullotta, C., Rose, J. R. et al. (1994). Thyroid function in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 33, 169-172.
Epstein, J. N., Goldberg, N. A., Conners, C. K., & March, J. S. (1997). The effects of anxiety on continuous performance test functioning in an ADHD clinic sample. Journal of Attention Disorders, 2, 45-52.
Erhardt, D., & Hinshaw, S. P. (1994). Initial sociometric impressions of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and comparison boys: predictions from social behaviors and from nonbehavioral variables. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 62, 833-842.
Ernst, M., Cohen, R. M., Liebenauer, L. L., Jons, P. H. & Zametkin, A. J. (1997). Cerebral glucose metabolism in adolescent girls with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Acdemy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1399-1406.
Ernst, M., Liebenauer, L. L., King, A. C., Fitzgerald, G. A., Cohen, R. M., & Zametkin, A. J. (1994). Reduced brain metabolism in hyperactive girls. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 33, 858– 868.
Ernst, M., Zametkin, A. J., Matochik, J. A., Pascualvaca, D., Jons, P. H., & Cohen, R. M. (1999). High midbrain [18F]DOPA accumulation in children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1209-1215.
Fallone, G., Acebo, C., Arnedt, J. T., Seifer, R., Carskadon, M. A. (2001). Effects of acute sleep restriction on behavior, sustained attention, and response inhibition in children. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 93, 213-229.
Faraone, S. V., & Biederman, J. (1997). Do attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and major depression share familial risk factors? Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 185, 533-541.
Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., Chen, W. J., Krifcher, B., Keenan, K., Moore, C., Sprich, S., & Tsuang, M. T. (1992). Segregation analysis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Psychiatric Genetics, 2, 257–275.
Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., Lehman, B., Keenan, K., Norman, D., Seidman, L. J., Kolodny, R., Kraus, I., Perrin, J., & Chen, W. (1993). Evidence for the independent familial transmission of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and learning disabilities: Results from a family genetic study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 891–895.
Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., Mennin, D., Russell R., & Tsuang, M. T. (1998). Familial subtypes of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: A 4-year follow-up study of children from antisocial-ADHD families. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 39, 1045-1053.
Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., Mick, E., Williamson, S., Wilens, T., Spencer, T., Weber, W., Jetton, J., Kraus, I., Pert, J., & Zallen, B. (2000). Family study of girls with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1077-1083.
Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., & Monuteaux, M. C. (2001). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder with bipolar disorder in girls: further evidence for a familial subtype? Journal of Affective Disorders, 64, 19-26.
Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., Weber, W., & Russell R. L. (1998). Psychiatric, neuropsychological, and psychosocial features of DSM-IV subtypes of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Results from a clinicall referred sample. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,37, 185-193.
Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., Weiffenbach, B., Keith, T., Chu, M. P., Weaver, A., Spencer, T. J., Wilens, T. E., Frazier, J., Cleves, M., & Sakai, J. (1999). Dopamine D4 gene 7-repeat allele and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 768-770.
Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., Wozniak, J., Mundy, E., Mennin, D., & O’Donnell, D. (1997). Is comorbidity with ADHD a marker for juvenile-onset mania? Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1046-1055.
Fergusson, D. M., Fergusson, I. E., Horwood, L. J., & Kinzett, N. G. (1988). A longitudinal study of dentine lead levels, intelligence, school performance, and behaviour. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 29, 811–824.
Filipek, P. A., Semrud-Clikeman, M., Steingard, R. J., Renshaw, P. F., Kennedy, D. N., & Biederman, J. (1997). Volumetric Mri analysis comparing subjects having attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder with normal controls. Neurology, 48, 589-601.
Fischer, M. (1990). Parenting stress and the child with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 19, 337–346.
Fischer, M., Barkley, R. A., Edelbrock, C. S., & Smallish, L. (1990). The adolescent outcome of hyperactive children diagnosed by research criteria, II: Academic, attentional, and neuropsychological status. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 58, 580–588.
Fischer, M., Barkley, R. A., Fletcher, K. & Smallish, L. (1993a). The stability of dimensions of behavior in ADHD and normal children over an 8 year period. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 21, 315–337.
Fischer, M., Barkley, R. A., Fletcher, K., & Smallish, L. (1993b). The adolescent outcome of hyperactive children diagnosed by research criteria, V: Predictors of outcome. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 32, 324–332.
Fischer, M., Barkley, R. A., Smallish, L., & Fletcher, K. R. (2004). Hyperactive children as young adults: Deficits in attention, inhibition, and response perseveration and their relationship to severity of childhood and current ADHD and conduct disorder. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27, 107-113.
Fischer, M., Barkley, R. A., Smallish, L., & Fletcher, K. R. (). Young adult outcome of hyperactive children: self-reported psychiatric disorders, comorbidity, and the role of childhood conduct problems. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 30, 463-475.
Fletcher, K., Fischer, M., Barkley, R. A., & Smallish, L. (1996). A sequential analysis of the mother–adolescent interactions of ADHD, ADHD/ODD, and normal teenagers during neutral and conflict discussions. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 24, 271-298.
Frank, Y., & Ben-Nun, Y. (1988). Toward a clinical subgrouping of hyperactive and nonhyperactive attention deficit disorder; Results of a comprehensive neurological and neuropsychological assessment. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 142, 153-155.
Frank, Y., Lazar, J. W., & Seiden, J. A. (1992). Cognitive event-related potentials in learning-disabled children with or without attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Annals of Neurology, 32, 478 (abstract).
Frazier, T. W., Demareem H. A., & Youngstrom, E. A. (2004). Meta-analysis of intellectual and neuropsychological test performance in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychology, 18, 543-555.
Frick, P. J., Kamphaus, R. W., Lahey, B. B., Loeber, R., Christ, M. A. G., Hart, E. L., & Tannenbaum, L. E. (1991). Academic underachievement and the disruptive behavior disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 289-294.
Fuster, J. M. (1997). The prefrontal cortex (3rd ed.). New York: Raven Press.
Gadow, K. D., Nolan, E. E., Litcher, L., Carlson, G. A., Panina, N., Golovakha, E., Sprafkin, J., & Bromet, E. J. (2000). Comparison of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder symptom subtypes in Ukrainian schoolchildren. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,39, 1520-1527.
Garcia-Sanchez, C., Estevez-Gonzalez, A., Suarez-Romero, E., & Junque, C. (1997). Right hemisphere dysfunction in subjecst with attention-deficit disorder with and without hyperactivity. Journal of Child Neurology, 12, 107-115.
Gaub, M., & Carlson, C. L. (1997). Gender differences in ADHD: a meta-analysis and critical review. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,36, 1036-1045.
Gelernter, J. O., O’Malley, S., Risch, N., Kranzler, H. R., Krystal, J., Merikangas, K., Kennedy, J. L., et al. (1991). No association between an allele at the D2 dopamine receptor gene (DRD2) and alcoholism. Journal of the American Medical Association, 266, 1801–1807.
Geller, B., & Luby, J. (1997). Child and adolescent bipolar disorder: A review of the past 10 years. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1168-1176.
Giedd, J. N., Castellanos, F. X., Casey, B. J., Kozuch, P., King, A. C., Hamburger, S. D., & Rapoport, J. L. (1994). Quantitative morphology of the corpus callosum in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 665-669.
Giedd, J. N., Snell, J. W., Lange, N., Rajapakse, J. C., Casey, B. J., Kozuch, P. L., Vaituzis, A. C., Vauss, Y. C., Hamburger, S. D., Kaysen, D., & Rapoport, J. L. (1996). Quantitative magnetic resonance imaging of human brain development: Ages 4-18. Cerebral Cortex, 6, 551-560.
Gilger, J. W., Pennington, B. F., & DeFries, J. C. (1992). A twin study of the etiology of comorbidity: Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and dyslexia. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 343–348.
Gill, M., Daly, G., Heron, S., Hawi, Z., & Fitzgerald, M. (1997). Confirmation of association between attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and a dopamine transporter polymorphism. Molecular Psychiatry, 2, 311-313.
Gillis, J. J., Gilger, J. W., Pennington, B. F., & Defries, J. C. (1992). Attention deficit disorder in reading-disabled twins: Evidence for a genetic etiology. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20, 303–315.
Gittelman, R., & Eskinazi, B. (1983). Lead and hyperactivity revisited. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, 827-833.
Gittelman, R., Mannuzza, S., Shenker, R., & Bonagura, N. (1985). Hyperactive boys almost grown up: I. Psychiatric status. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, 937–947.
Gjone, H., Stevenson, J., & Sundet, J. M. (1996). Genetic influence on parent-reported attention-related problems in a Norwegian general population twin sample. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 588-596.
Gjone, H., Stevenson, J., Sundet, J. M., & Eilertsen, D. E. (1996). Changes in heritability across increasing levels of behavior problems in young twins. Behavior Genetics, 26, 419-426.
Glow, P. H., & Glow, R. A. (1979). Hyperkinetic impulse disorder: A developmental defect of motivation. Genetic Psychological Monographs, 100, 159–231.
Goldman-Rakic, P. S. (1987). Development of cortical circuitry and cognitive function. Child Development, 58, 601–622.
Gomez, R., & Sanson, A. V. (1994). Mother–child interactions and noncompliance in hyperactive boys with and without conduct problems. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 35, 477–490.
Goodman, J. R., & Stevenson, J. (1989). A twin study of hyperactivity: II. The aetiological role of genes, family relationships, and perinatal adversity. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 30, 691–709.
Grattan, L. M., & Eslinger, P. J. (1991). Frontal lobe damage in children and adults: A comparative review. Developmental Neuropsychology, 7, 283–326.
Gray, J. A. (1982). The neuropsychology of anxiety. New York: Oxford University Press.
Green, L., Fry, A. F., & Meyerson, J. (1994). Discounting of delayed rewards: A life-span comparison. Psychological Science, 5, 33–36.
Grenell, M. M., Glass, C. R., & Katz, K. S. (1987). Hyperactive children and peer interaction: Knowledge and performance of social skills. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15, 1-13.
Gresham, F. M., MacMillan, d. L., Bocian, K. M., Ward, S. L., & Forness, S. R. (1998). Comorbidity of hyperactivity-impulsivity-inattention and conduct problems: risk factors in social, affective, and academic domains. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26, 393-406.
Grodzinsky, G. M., & Diamond, R. (1992). Frontal lobe functioning in boys with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Developmental Neuropsychology, 8, 427–445.
Gross-Tsur, V., Shalev, R. S., & Amir, N. (1991). Attention deficit disorder: Association with familial-genetic factors. Pediatric Neurology, 7, 258–261.
Gruber, R., Sadeh, A., & Raviv, A. (2000). Instability of sleep patterns in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 495-501.
Gustafsson, P., Thernlund, G., Ryding, E., Rosen, I., & Cederblad, M. (2000). Associations between cerebral blood-flow measured by single photon emission computed tomorgraphy (SPECT), electro-encephalogram (EEG), behavior symptoms, cognition and neurological soft signs in children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Acta Paediatrica, 89, 830-835.
Haenlein, M., & Caul, W. F. (1987). Attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity: A specific hypothesis of reward dysfunction. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 26, 356–362.
Halperin, J. M., & Gittelman, R. (1982). Do hyperactive children and their siblings differ in IQ and academic achievement? Psychiatry Research, 6, 253–258.
Halperin, J. M., Newcorn, J. H., Koda, V. H., Pick, L., McKay, K. E., & Knott, P. (1997). Noradrenergic mechaisms in ADHD children with and without reading disabilities: A replication and extension. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1688-1697.
Hamlett, K. W., Pellegrini, D. S., & Conners, C. K. (1987). An investigation of executive processes in the problem solving of attention deficit disorder-hyperactive children. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 12, 227–240.
Hart, E. L., Lahey, B. B., Loeber, R., Applegate, B., & Frick, P. J. (1995). Developmental changes in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in boys: A four-year longitudinal study. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 23, 729-750.
Hartsough, C. S., & Lambert, N. M. (1985). Medical factors in hyperactive and normal children: Prenatal, developmental, and health history findings. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55, 190–210.
Harvey, W. J., & Reid, G. (1997). Motor performance of children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: A preliminary investigation. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly, 14, 189-202.
Hastings, J., & Barkley, R. A. (1978). A review of psychophysiological research with hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7, 413–337.
Hauser, P., Zametkin, A. J., Martinez, P. et al. (1993). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in people with generalized resistance to thyroid hormone. New England Journal of Medicine, 328, 997-1001.
Heffron, W. A., Martin, C. A., & Welsh, R. J. (1984). Attention deficit disorder in three pairs of monozygotic twins: A case report. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 23, 299–301.
Heilman, K. M., Voeller, K. K. S., & Nadeau, S. E. (1991). A possible pathophysiological substrate of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Child Neurology, 6, 74–79.
Hendren, R. L., De Backer, I., & Pandina, G. J. (2000). Review of neuroimaging studies of child and adolescent psychiatric disorders from the past 10 years. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 815-828.
Henry, B., Moffitt, T. E., Caspi A., Langley, J., & Silva, P. A. (1994). On the “remembrance of things past”: A longitudinal evaluation of the retrospective method. Psychological Assessment, 6, 92-101.
Herpertz, S. C., Wenning, B., Mueller, B., Qunaibi, M., Sass, H., & Herpetz-Dahlmann, B. (2001). Psychological responses in ADHD boys with and without conduct disorder: Implications for adult antisocial behavior. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 1222-1230.
Hervey, A. S., Epstein, J. N., & Curry, J. F. (2004). Neuropsychology of adults with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: A meta-analytic review. Neuropsychology, 18, 495-503.
Hinshaw, S. P. (1987). On the distinction between attentional deficits/hyperactivity and conduct problems/aggression in child psychopathology. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 443-447.
Hinshaw, S. P. (1992). Externalizing behavior problems and academic underachievement in childhood and adolescence: Causal relationships and underlying mechanisms. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 127–155.
Hinshaw, S. P. (1994). Attention deficits and hyperactivity in children. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Hinshaw, S. P. (2001). Is the inattentive type of ADHD a separate disorder? Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 8, 498-501.
Hinshaw, S. P., Buhrmeister, D., & Heller, T. (1989). Anger control in response to verbal provocation: Effects of stimulant medication for boys with ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17, 393–408.
Hinshaw, S. P., Heller, T., & McHale, J. P. (1992). Covert antisocial behavior in boys with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: External validation and effects of methylphenidate. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60, 274–281.
Hinshaw, S. P., Herbsman, C., Melnick, S., Nigg, J., & Simmel, C. (1993, February). Psychological and familial processes in ADHD: Continuous or discontinuous with those in normal comparison children? Paper presented at the Society for Research in Child and Adolescent Psychopathology, Santa Fe, NM.
Hinshaw, S. P., & Melnick, S. M. (1995). Peer relationships in boys with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder with and without comorbid aggression. Development and Psychopathology, 7, 627-647.
Hinshaw, S. P., Morrison, D. C., Carte, E. T., & Cornsweet, C. (1987). Factorial dimensions of the Revised Behavior Problem Checklist: Replication and validation within a kindergarten sample. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15, 309–327.
Hodgens, J. B., Cole, J., & Boldizar, J. (2000). Peer-based differences among boys with ADHD. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 29, 443-452.
Hohman, L. B. (1922). Post-encephalitic behavior disorders in children. Johns Hopkins Hospital Bulletin, 33, 372–375.
Holdsworth, L., & Whitmore, K. (1974). A study of children with epilepsy attending ordinary schools: I. Their seizure patterns, progress, and behaviour in school. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 16, 746-758.
Hoy, E., Weiss, G., Minde, K., & Cohen, N. (1978). The hyperactive child at adolescence: Cognitive, emotional, and social functioning. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 6, 311-324.
Hoza, B., Pelham, W. E., Waschbusch, D. A., Kipp, H., & Owens, J. S. (2001). Academic task performance of normally achieving ADHD and control boys: performance, self-evaluations, and attributions. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 271-283.
Humphries, T., Kinsbourne, M., & Swanson, J. (1978). Stimulant effects on cooperation and social interaction between hyperactive children and their mothers. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 19, 13–22.
Humphries, T., Koltun, H., Malone, M., & Roberts, W. (1994). Teacher-identified oral language difficulties among boys with attention problems. Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 15, 92–98.
Hynd, G. W., Hern, K. L., Novey, E. S., Eliopulos, D., Marshall, R., Gonzalez, J. J., & Voeller, K. K. (1993). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and asymmetry of the caudate nucleus. Journal of Child Neurology, 8, 339– 347.
Hynd, G. W., Lorys, A. R., Semrud-Clikeman, M., Nieves, N., Huettner, M. I. S., & Lahey, B. B. (1991). Attention deficit disorder without hyperactivity: A distinct behavioral and neurocognitive syndrome. Journal of Child Neurology, 6, S37-S43.
Hynd, G. W., Semrud-Clikeman, M., Lorys, A. R., Novey, E. S., & Eliopulos, D. (1990). Brain morphology in developmental dyslexia and attention deficit disorder/hyperactivity. Archives of Neurology, 47, 919–926.
Hynd, G. W., Semrud-Clikeman, M., Lorys, A. R., Novey, E. S., Eliopulos, D., & Lyytinen, H. (1991). Corpus callosum morphology in attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder: Morphometric analysis of MRI. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 24, 141–146.
Jacobvitz, D., & Sroufe, L. A. (1987). The early caregiver-child relationship and attention-deficit disorder with hyperactivity in kindergarten: A prospective study. Child Development, 58, 1488-1495.
James, W. (1890). The principles of psychology. London: Dover.
Jensen, P. S., Martin, D., & Cantwell, D. P. (1997). Comorbidity in ADHD: Implications for research, practice, and DSM-V. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 1065-1079.
Jensen, P. S., Shervette, R. E., Xenakis, S. N., & Bain, M. W. (1988). Psychosocial and medical histories of stimulant-treated children. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 27, 798-801.
Jensen, P. S., Shervette, R. E. III, Xenakis, S. N., & Richters, J. (1993). Anxiety and depressive disorders in attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity: New Findings. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1203-1209.
Jensen, P. S., Watanabe, H. K., Richters, J. E., Cortes, R., Roper, M., & Liu, S. (1995). Prevalence of mental disorder in military children and adolescents: Findings from a two-stage community survey. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 1514-1524.
Johnson, B. D., Altmaier, E. M., & Richman, L. C. (1999). Attention deficits and rading disabilities: are immediate memory defects additive? Developmental Neuropsychology, 15, 213-226.
Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Kasen, S., Smailes, E., & Brook, J. S. (2001). Association of maladaptive parental behavior with psychiatric disorder among parenst and their offspring. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 453-460.
Johnson, R. C., & Rosen, L. A. (2000). Sports behavior of ADHD children. Journal of Attention Disorders, 4, 150-160.
Johnston, C. (1996). Parent characteristics and parent-child interactions in families of nonproblem children and ADHD children with higher and lower levels of oppositional-defiant disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 24, 85-104.
Johnston, C., & Mash, E. J. (2001). Families of children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Review and recommendations for future research. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 4, 183-207.
Johnstone, S. J., Barry, R. J., & Anderson, J. W. (2001). Topographic distribution and developmental timecourse of auditory event-related potentials in two subtypes of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 42, 73-94.
Kadesjo, B., & Gillberg, C. (2001). The comorbidity of ADHD in the general population of Swedish school-age children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42, 487-492.
Kanbayashi, Y., Nakata, Y., Fujii, K., Kita, M., & Wada, K. (1994). ADHD-related behavior among non-referred children: Parents’ ratings of DSM-III-R symptoms. Child Psychiatry and Human Development, 25, 13–29.
Kanfer, F. H., & Karoly, P. (1972). Self-control: A behavioristic excursion into the lion’s den. Behavior Therapy, 3, 398–416.
Kaplan, B. J., McNichol, J., Conte, R. A., & Moghadam, H. K. (1987). Sleep disturbance in preschool-aged hyperactive and nonhyperactive children. Pediatrics, 80, 839– 844.
Keenan, K. (2000). Emotion dysregulation as a risk factor for child psychopathology. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 7, 418-434.
Kelsoe, J. R., Ginns, E. I., Egeland, J. A., Gerhard, D. S., Goldstein, A. M., Bale, S. J., Pauls, D. L., et al. (1989). Re-evaluation of the linkage relationship between chromosome 11p loci and the gene for bipolar affective disorder in the Old Order Amish. Nature, 342, 238–243.
Kessler, J. W. (1980). History of minimal brain dysfunction. In H. Rie & E. Rie (Eds.), Handbook of minimal brain dysfunctions: A critical view (pp. 18–52). New York: Wiley.
Kessler, R. C., Berglund, P., Demler, O., Jin, R., & Walters, E. E. (2005). Lifetime prevalence and age-of-onset distribution of DSM-IV disorders in the national comorbidity survey replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 593-602.
Klorman, R. (1992). Cognitive event-related potentials in attention deficit disorder. In S. E. Shaywitz & B. A. Shaywitz (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder comes of age: Toward the twenty-first century (pp. 221–244). Austin, TX: Pro-ed.
Klorman, R., Salzman, L. F., & Borgstedt, A. D. (1988). Brain event-related potentials in evaluation of cognitive deficits in attention deficit disorder and outcome of stimulant therapy. In L. Bloomingdale (Ed.), Attention deficit disorder (Vol. 3, pp. 49–80). New York: Pergamon.
Klorman, R., Hazel-Fernandez, H., Shaywitz, S. E., Fletcher, J. M., Marchione, K. E., Holahan, J. M., Stuebing, K. K., & Shaywitz, B. A. (1999). Executive functioning deficits in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder are independent of oppositional defiant or reading disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 1148-1155.
Knobel, M., Wolman, M. B., & Mason, E. (1959). Hyperkinesis and organicity in children. Archives of General Psychiatry, 1, 310–321.
Kohn, A. (1989, November). Suffer the restless children. The Atlantic Monthly, pp. 90–100.
Kopp, C. B. (1982). Antecedents of self-regulation: A developmental perspective. Developmental Psychology, 18, 199–214.
Krause, K., Dresel, S. H., Krause, J., Kung, H. F., & Tatsch, K. (2000). Increased striatal dopamine transporter in adult patients with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: effects of methylphenidate as masured by single photon emission computed tomography. Neuroscience Letters, 285,107-110.
Kroes, M., Kalff, A. C., Kessels, A. G. H., Steyaert, J., Feron, F., can Someren, A., Hurks, P., Hendriksen, J., can Zeban, T., Rozendaal, N., Crolla, I., Troost, J., Jolles, J., & Vles, J. (2001). Child psychiatric diagnoses in a population of Dutch schoolchildren aged 6 to 8 years. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,40, 1401-1409.
Kuntsi, J., Oosterlaan, J., & Stevenson, J. (2001). Psychological mechanisms in hyperactivity: I. Response inhibition deficit, working memory impairment, delay aversion, or something else? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42, 199-210.
Kuperman, S., Johnson, B., Arndt, S., Lindgren, S., & Wolraich, M. (1996). Quantitative EEG differences in a nonclinical sample of children with ADHD and undifferentiated ADD. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 1009-1017.
Lahey, B. B. (2001). Should the Combined and Predominantly Inattentive Types of ADHD be considered distinct and unrelated disorders? Not now, at least. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 8, 494-497.
Lahey, B. B., Applegate, B., McBurnett, K., Biederman, J., Greenhill, L., et al. (1994). DSM-IV field trials for attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder in children and adolescents. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 1673-1685.
Lahey, B. B., & Carlson, C. L. (1992). Validity of the diagnostic category of attention deficit disorder without hyperactivity: A review of the literature. In S. E. Shaywitz & B. A. Shaywitz (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder comes of age: Toward the twenty-first century (pp. 119–144). Austin, TX: Pro-ed.
Lahey, B. B., McBurnett, K., & Loeber, R. (2000). Are attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and oppositional defiant disorder developmental precursors to conduct disorder? In A. J. Sameroff, M. Lewis, & S. M. Miller (Eds.), Handbook of developmental psychopathology (2nd ed.) (pp. 431-446.). New York: Plenum.
Lahey, B. B., Pelham, W. E., Schaughency, E. A., Atkins, M. S., Murphy, H. A., Hynd, G. W., Russo, M., Hartdagen, S., & Lorys-Vernon, A. (1988). Dimensions and types of attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity in children: A factor and cluster-analytic approach. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 27, 330–335.
Lahey, B. B., Schaughency, E., Hynd, G., Carlson, C., & Nieves, N. (1987). Attention deficit disorder with and without hyperactivity: Comparison of behavioral characteristics of clinic-referred children. Journal of the American Acdemy of Child Psychiatry, 26, 718-723.
Lahey, B. B., Schaughency, E., Strauss, C., & Frame, C. (1984). Are attention deficit disorders with and without hyperactivity similar or dissimilar disorders? Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 23, 302-309.
Lahoste, G. J., Swanson, J. M., Wigal, S. B., Glabe, C., Wigal, T., King, N., & Kennedy, J. L. (1996). Dopamine D4 receptor gene polymorphism is associated with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Molecular Psychiatry, 1, 121-124.
Lambert, N. M. (1988). Adolescent outcomes for hyperactive children. American Psychologist, 43, 786–799.
Lambert, N. M., Hartsough, C. S. (1998). Prospective study of tobacco smoking and substance dependencies among samples of ADHD and non-ADHD participants. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 31, 533-544
Lambert NM. Stimulant treatment as a risk factor for nicotine use and substance abuse. In PS Jensen, JR Cooper, eds., Diagnosis and Treatment of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder: An Evidence-Based Approach. New York: American Medical Association Press, in press
Lambert, N. M., Sandoval, J., & Sassone, D. (1978). Prevalence of hyperactivity in elementary school children as a function of social system definers. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 48, 446–463.
Lamminmaki, T., Ahonen, T., Narhi, V., Lyytinent, H., & de Barra, H. T. (1995). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder subtypes: Are there differences in academic problems? Developmental Neuropsychology, 11, 297-310.
Landau, S., Berk, L. E., & Mangione, C. (1996, March). Private speech as a problem-solving strategy in the face of academic challenge: The failure of impulsive children to get their act together. Paper presented at the meeting of the National Association of School Psychologists, Atlanta, GA.
Lang, P. (1995). The emotion probe. American Psychologist, 50I, 372-385
Langsdorf, R., Anderson, R. F., Walchter, D., Madrigal, J. F., & Juarez, L. J. (1979). Ethnicity, social class, and perception of hyperactivity. Psychology in the Schools, 16, 293–298.
Lapouse, R., & Monk, M. (1958). An epidemiological study of behavior characteristics in children. American Journal of Public Health, 48, 1134–1144.
Last, C. G., Hersen, M., Kazdin, A., Orvaschel, H., & Perrin, S. (1991). Anxiety disorders in children and their families. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 928–934.
Laufer, M., Denhoff, E., & Solomons, G. (1957). Hyperkinetic impulse disorder in children’s behavior problems. Psychosomatic Medicine, 19, 38–49.
Lavigne, J. V., Gibbons, R. D., Christoffel, . K., Arend, R., Rosenbaum, D., Binns, H., Dawson, N., Sobel, H., & Isaacs, C. (1996). Prevalence ratse and correlates of psychiatric disorders among preschool children. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,35, 204-214.
Lecendreux, M., Konofal, E., Bouvard, M., Falissard, B., Simeoni, M. M. (2000). Sleep and alertness in children with ADHD. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 41, 803-812.
Lerner, J. A., Inui, T. S., Trupin, E. W., & Douglas, E. (1985). Preschool behavior can predict future psychiatric disorders. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 24, 42–48.
Levin, P. M. (1938). Restlessness in children. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 39, 764–770.
Levy, F. & Hay, D. (2001). Attention, genes, and ADHD. Philadelphia, PA: Brunner-Routledge.
Levy, F., Hay, D. A., McStephen, M., Wood, C., & Waldman, I. (1997). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: A category or a continuum? Genetic analysis of a large-scale twin study. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 737-744.
Levy, F., & Hobbes, G. (1989). Reading, spelling, and vigilance in attention deficit and conduct disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17, 291–298.
Lewinsohn, P. M., Hops, H., Roberts, R. E., Seeley, J. R., & Andrews, J. A. (1993). Adolescent psychopathology: I. Prevalence and incidence of depression and other DSM-III-R disorders in high school students. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 133–144.
Liu, X., Kurita, H., Guo, C., Tachimori, H., Ze, J., & Okawa, M. (2000). Behavioral and emotional problems in Chinese children: teacher reports for ages 6 to 11. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 41, 253-260.
Loeber, R., Burke, J. D., Lahey, B. B., Winters, A., & Zera, M. (2000). Oppositional defiant and conduct disorder: A review of the past 10 years, Part I. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 1468-1484.
Loeber, R., Green, S. M., Lahey, B. B., Christ, M. A. G., & Frick, P. J. (1992). Developmental sequences in the age of onset of disruptive child behaviors. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 1, 21–41.
Loney, J., Kramer, J., & Milich, R. (1981). The hyperkinetic child grows up: Predictors of symptoms, delinquency, and achievement at follow-up. In K. Gadow & J. Loney (Eds.), Psychosocial aspects of drug treatment for hyperactivity. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Loney, J., Kramer, J. R., & Salisbury, H. (in press). Medicated versus unmedicated ADHD children: adult involvement with legal and illegal drugs. In PS Jensen, JR Cooper, eds., Diagnosis and Treatment of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder: An Evidence-Based Approach. New York: American Medical Association Press.
Loo, S. & Barkley, R. A. (2005). Clinical utility of EEG in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Applied Neuropsychology, 12, 64-76.
Lorch, E. P., Milich, M., Sanchez, R. P., van den Broek, P., Baer, S., Hooks, K., Hartung, C., & Welsh, R. (2000). Comprehension of televised stories in bos with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder and nonreferred boys. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109, 321-330.
Lou, H. C., Henriksen, L., & Bruhn, P. (1984). Focal cerebral hypoperfusion in children with dysphasia and/or attention deficit disorder. Archives of Neurology, 41, 825–829.
Lou, H. C., Henriksen, L., Bruhn, P., Borner, H., & Nielsen, J. B. (1989). Striatal dysfunction in attention deficit and hyperkinetic disorder. Archives of Neurology, 46, 48–52.
Luk, S. (1985). Direct observations studies of hyperactive behaviors. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 24, 338–344.
Lynam, D., Moffitt, T., & Stouthamer-Loeber, M. (1993). Explaining the relation between IQ and delinquency: Class, race, test motivation, school failure, or self-control? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 187–196.
Lyon, G. R. (1995). Attention, memory, and executive functions. Baltimore: Brookes.
Madan-Swain, A., & Zentall, S. S. (1990). Behavioral comparisons of liked and disliked hyperactive children in play contexts and the behavioral accommodations by teir classmates. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 58, 197-209.
Maedgen, J. W., & Carlson, C. L. (2000). Social functioning and emotional regulation in the attention deficit hyperactivity disorder subtypes. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 29, 30-42.
Malone, M. A., & Swanson, J. M. (1993). Effects of methylphenidate on impulsive responding in children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Child Neurology, 8, 157–163.
Mannuzza, S., & Gittelman, R. (1986). Informant variance in the diagnostic assessment of hyperactive children as young adults. In J. E. Barrett & R. M. Rose (Eds.), Mental disorders in the Community (pp. 243-254). New York: Guilford.
Mannuzza, S., Klein, R., Bessler, A., Malloy, P., & LaPadula, M. (1993). Adult outcome of hyperactive boys: Educational achievement, occupational rank, and psychiatric status. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 565-576.
Mannuzza, S., Klein, R., Bessler, A., Malloy, P., & LaPadula, M. (1998). Adult psychiatric status of hyperactive boys grown up. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 493-498.
Mannuzza, S., Klein, R. G., Bonagura, N., Malloy, P., Giampino, H., & Addalli, K. A. (1991). Hyperactive boys almost grown up: replication of psychiatric status. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 77-83.
Mannuzza, S., & Klein, R. (1992). Predictors of outcome of children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. In G. Weiss (Ed.), Child and adolescent psychiatric clinics of North America: Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (pp. 567–578). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Marcotte, A. C., & Stern, C. (1997). Qualitative analysis of graphomotor output in children with attentional disorders. Child Neuropsychology, 3, 147-153.
Mariani, M., & Barkley, R. A. (1997). Neuropsychological and academic functioning in preschool children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Developmental Neuropsychology, 13, 111-129.
Marshall, R. M., Hynd, G. W., Handwerk, M. J. et al., (1997). Academic underachievement in ADHD subtypes. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 30, 635-642.
Mash, E. J., & Johnston, C. (1982). A comparison of mother– child interactions of younger and older hyperactive and normal children. Child Development, 53, 1371–1381.
Mash, E. J., & Johnston, C. (1983a). Sibling interactions of hyperactive and normal children and their relationship to reports of maternal stress and self-esteem. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 12, 91–99.
Mash, E. J., & Johnston, C. (1983b). The prediction of mothers’ behavior with their hyperactive children during play and task situations. Child and Family Behavior Therapy, 5, 1–14.
Mash, E. J., & Johnston, C. (1990). Determinants of parenting stress: Illustrations from families of hyperactive children and families of physically abused children. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 19, 313–328.
Mattes, J. A. (1980). The role of frontal lobe dysfunction in childhood hyperkinesis. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 21, 358–369.
Matthys, W., Cuperus, J. M., & Van Engeland, H. (1999). Deficient social problem-solving in boys with ODD/CD, with ADHD, and with both disorders. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,38, 311-321.
Matthys, W., van Goozen, S. H. M., de Vries, H., Cohen-Kettenis, P. T., & van Engeland, H. (1998). The dominance of behavioural activation over behavioural inhibition in conduct disordered boys with or without attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 39, 643-651.
McArdle, P., O’Brien, G., & Kolvin, I. (1995). Hyperactivity: Prevalence and relationship with conduct disorder. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 36, 279–303.
McBurnett, K., Pfiffner, L. J., & Frick, P. J. (2001). Symptom properties as a function of ADHD type: an argument for continued study of sluggish cognitive tempo. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 207-213.
McGee, R., Feehan, M., Williams, S., Partridge, F., Silva, P. A., & Kelly, J. (1990). DSM-III disorders in a large sample of adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 611–619.
McGee, R., Stanton, W. R., & Sears, M. R. (1993). Allergic disorders and attention deficit disorder in children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 21, 79–88.
McGee, R., Williams, S., & Feehan, M. (1992). Attention deficit disorder and age of onset of problem behaviors. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20, 487–502.
McGee, R., Williams, S., & Silva, P. A. (1984). Behavioral and developmental characteristics of aggressive, hyperactive, and aggressive–hyperactive boys. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 23, 270–279.
McLoughlin, G., Ronald, A., Kuntsi, J., Asherson, P., & Plomin, R. (2007). Genetic support for the dual nature of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: substantial genetic overlap between the inattentive and hyperactive-impulsive components. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 35, 999-1008.
McMahon, S. A., & Greenberg, L. M. (1977). Serial neurologic examination of hyperactive children. Pediatrics, 59, 584-587.
Melnick, S. M., & Hinshaw, S. P. (1996). What they want and what they get: the social goals of boys with ADHD and comparison boys. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 24, 169-185.
Melnick, S. M., & Hinshaw, S. P. (2000). Emotion regulation and parenting in AD/HD and comparison boys: Linkages with social behaviors and peer preference. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 73-86.
Michon, J. (1985). Introduction. In J. Michon & T. Jackson (Eds.), Time, mind, and behavior. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
Mick, E., Biederman, J., & Faraone, S. V. (1996). Is season of birth a risk factor for attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder? Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 1470-1476.
Milberger, S. (1997). Impact of adversity on functioning and comorbidity in girls with ADHD. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Toronto, October.
Milberger, S., Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., Chen, L., & Jones, J. (1996a). Is maternal smoking during pregnancy a risk factor for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in children? American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 1138-1142.
Milberger, S., Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., Chen, L., & Jones, J. (1996b). ADHD is associated with early initiation of cigarette smoking in children and adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 37-44.
Milich, R., Hartung, C. M., Matrin, C. A., & Haigler, E. D. (1994). Behavioral disinhibition and underlying processes in adolescents with disruptive behavior disorders. In D. K. Routh (Ed.), Disruptive behavior disorders in childhood (pp. 109–138). New York: Plenum Press.
Milich, R., Ballentine, A. C., & Lynam, D. (2001). ADHD Combined Type and ADHD Predominantly Inattentive Type are distinct and unrelated disorders. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 8, 463-488.
Minde, K., Webb, G., & Sykes, D. (1968). Studies on the hyperactive child, VI: Prenatal and perinatal factors associated with hyperactivity. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 10, 355-363.
Mirsky, A. F. (1996). Disorders of attention: A neuropsychological perspective. In R. G. Lyon & N. A. Krasnegor (Eds.), Attention, memory, and executive function (pp. 71-96). Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes.
Mitchell, E. A., Aman, M. G., Turbott, S. H., & Manku, M. (1987). Clinical characteristics and serum essential fatty acid levels in hyperactive children. Clinical Pediatrics, 26, 406–411.
Mitsis, E. M., McKay, K. E., Schulz, K. P., Newcorn, J. H., & Halperin, J. M. (2000). Parent-teacher concordance in DSM-IV attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a clinic-referred samle. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 308-313.
Moffitt, T. E. (1990). Juvenile delinquency and attention deficit disorder: Boys’ developmental trajectories from age 3 to 15. Child Development, 61, 893–910.
Molina, B. S. G., & Pelham, W. E. (2001). Substance use, substance abuse, and LD among adolescents with a childhood history of ADHD. Journal of Learning Disabilities, , 333-342.
Molina, B. S. G., Smith, B. H., & Pelham, W. E. (1999). Interactive effects of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and conduct disorder on early adolescent substance use. Psychology of Addictive Behavior, 13, 348-358
Monastra, V. J., Lubar, J. F., & Linden, M. (2001). The development of quantitative a electroencephalographic scanning process for attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder: Reliability and validity studies. Neuropsychology, 15, 136-144.
Mori, L., & Peterson, L. (1995). Knowledge of safety of high and low active-impulsive boys: Implications for child injury prevention. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 24, 370-376.
Morgan, A. E., Hynd, G. W., Riccio, C. A., & Hall, J. (1996). Validity of DSM-IV predominantly inattentive and combined types: relationship to previous DSM diagnoses/subtype differences. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,35, 325-333.
Morrison, J., & Stewart, M. (1973). The psychiatric status of the legal families of adopted hyperactive children. Archives of General Psychiatry, 28, 888–891.
Murphy, K. R., & Barkley, R. A. (1996a). Prevalence of DSM-IV symptoms of ADHD in adult licensed drivers: Implications for clinical diagnosis. Journal of Attention Disorders, 1, 147-161.
Murphy, K. R., Barkley, R. A. (1996b). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in adults: Comorbidities and adaptive impairments. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 37, 393-401.
Murphy, K. R., Barkley, R. A., Bush, T. (2001). Executive functioning and olfactory identification in young adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neuropsychology, 15, 211-220.
Nada-Raja, S., Langley, J. D., McGee, R., Williams, S. M., Begg, D. J., & Reeder, A. I. (1997). Inattentive and hyperactive behaviors and driving offenses in adolescence. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 515-522.
Needleman, H. L., Gunnoe, C., Leviton, A., Reed, R., Peresie, H., Maher, C., & Barrett, P. (1979). Deficits in psychologic and classroom performance of children with elevated dentine lead levels. New England Journal of Medicine, 300, 689–695.
Needleman, H. L., Schell, A. Bellinger, D. C., Leviton, L., & Alfred, E. D. (1990). The long-term effcts of exposure to low doses of lead in c hildhood: An 11-year follow-up report. New England Journal of Medicine, 322, 83-88.
Newcorn, J. H., Halperin, J. M., Jensen, P. S., Abikoff, H. B., Arnold, L. E., Cantwell, D. P., Conners, C. K., Elliott, G. R., Epstein, J. N., Greenhill, L. L., Hechtman, L., Hinshaw, S. P., Hoza, B., Kraemer, H. C., Pelham, W. E., Severe, J. B., Swanson, J. M., Wells, K. C., Wigal, T., & Vitiello, B. (2001). Symptom profiles in children with ADHD: Comorbidity and gender. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 137-146.
Nichols, P. L., & Chen, T. C. (1981). Minimal brain dysfunction: A prospective study. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Nigg, J. T. (1999). The ADHD response-inhibition deficit as measured by the stop task: Replication with DSM-IV Combined Type, extension, and qualification. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 27, 393-402.
Nigg, J. T. (2000). On inhibition/disinhibition in developmental psychopathology: Views from cognitive and personality psychology and a working inhibition taxonomy. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 220-246.
Nigg, J. T. (2001). Is ADHD an inhibitory disorder? Psychological Bulletin, 125, 571-596.
Nigg, J. T. (2006). What Causes ADHD? New York: Guilford Publications.
Nigg, J. T., Blaskey, L. G., Huang-Pollock, C. L., & Rappley, M. D. (2002). Neuropsychological executive functions in DSM-IV ADHD subtypes. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 41, 59-66.
Nucci, L. P., & Herman, S. (1982). Behavioral disordered children’s conceptions of moral, conventional, and personal issues. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 10, 411–426.
Nigg, J. T., Hinshaw, S. P., Carte, E. T., & Treuting, J. J. (1998). Neuropsychological correlates of childhood attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Explainable by comorbid disruptive behavior or reading problems? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107, 468-480.
Nolan, E. E., Gadow, K. D., & Sprafkin, J. (2001). Teacher reports of DSM-IV ADHD, ODD, and CD symptoms in schoolchildren. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,40, 241-249.
O’Connor, M., Foch, T., Sherry, T., & Plomin, R. (1980). A twin study of specific behavioral problems of socialization as viewed by parents. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 8, 189–199.
O’Dougherty, M., Nuechterlein, K. H., & Drew, B. (1984). Hyperactive and hypoxic children: Signal detection, sustained attention, and behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 93, 178-191.
O’Leary, K. D., Vivian, D., & Nisi, A. (1985). Hyperactivity in Italy. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 13, 485–500.
Olson, S. L., Bates, J. E., Sandy, J. M., & Lanthier, R. (2000). Early developmental precursors of externalizing behavior in middle childhood and adolescence. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 119-133.
Olson, S. L., Schilling, E. M., & Bates, J. E. (1999). Measurement of impulsivity: Construct coherence, longitudinal stability, and relationship with externalizing problems in middle childhood and adolescence. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 27, 151-165.
Oosterlaan, J., Logan, G. D., & Sergeant, J. A. (1998). Response inhibition in AD/HD, CD, comorbid AD/HD + CD, anxious, and control children: A meta-analysis of studies with the Stop Task. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 39, 411-425.
Oosterlaan, J., Scheres, A., & Sergeant, J. A. (2002). Verbal fluency, working memory, and planning in children with ADHD, ODD/CD, and comorbid ADHD+ODD/CD: specificity of executive functioning deficits. Journal of Abnormal Psychology.
Palfrey, J. S., Levine, M. D., Walker, D. K., & Sullivan, M. (1985). The emergence of attention deficits in early childhood: A prospective study. Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 6, 339–348.
Parry, P. A., & Douglas, V. I. (1983). Effects of reinforcement on concept identification in hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 11, 327–340.
Patterson, G. R., Degarmo, D. S., & Knutson, N. (2000). Hyperactive and antisocial behaviors: Comorbid or two points in the same process. Development & Psychopathology, 12, 91-106.
Pauls, D. L. (1991). Genetic factors in the expression of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 1, 353–360.
Pauls, D. L., Hurst, C. R., Kidd, K. K., Kruger, S. D., Leckman, J. F., & Cohen, D. J. (1986). Tourette Syndrome and attention deficit disorder: Evidence against a genetic relationship. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 1177– 1179.
Pelham, W. E. Jr. (2001). Are ADHD/I and ADHD/C the same or different? Does it matter? Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 8, 502-506.
Pelham, W. E., Gnagy, E. M., Greenslade, K. E., & Milich, R. (1992). Teacher ratings of DSM-III-R symptoms for the disruptive behavior disorders. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 210–218.
Pelham, W. E., & Lang, A. R. (1993). Parental alcohol consumption and deviant child behavior: Laboratory studies of reciprocal effects. Clinical Psychology Review, 13, 763– 784.
Pennington, B. F., & Ozonoff, S. (1996). Executive functions and developmental psychopathology. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 37, 51-87.
Peterson, B. S., Pine, D. S., Cohen, P., & Brook, J. S. (2001). Prospective, longitudinal study of tic, obsessive-compulsive, and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorders in an epidemiological sample. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 685-695.
Pfiffner, L. J., McBurnett, K., & Rathouz, P. J. (2001). Father absence and familial antisocial characteristics. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 357-367.
Pike, A., & Plomin, R. (1996). Importance of nonshared environmental factors for childhood and adolescent psychopathology. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 560-570.
Pillow, D. R., Pelham, W. E., Jr., Hoza, B., Molina, B. S. G., & Stultz, C. H. (1998). Confirmatory factor analyses examining attention deficit hyperactivity disorder symptoms and other childhood disruptive behaviors. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26, 293-309.
Pineda, D., Ardila, A., Rosselli, M., Arias, B. E., Henao, G. C., Gomex, L. F., Mejia, S. E., & Miranda, M. L. (1999). Prevalence of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder symptoms in 4- to 17-year old children in the general population. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 27, 455-462.
Pliszka, S. R. (1992). Comorbidity of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and overanxious disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 197–203.
Pliszka, S. R., Liotti, M., & Woldorff, M. G. (2000). Inhibitory control in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Event-related potentials identify the processing component and timing of an impaired right-frontal response-inhibition mechanism. Biological Psychiatry, 48, 238-246.
Pliszka, S. R., McCracken, J. T., & Maas, J. W. (1996). Catecholamines in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: current perspectives. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,35, 264-272.
Plomin, R. (1995). Genetics and children’s experiences in the family. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 36, 33–68.
Plomin, R., DeFries, J. C., McClearn, G. E., & Rutter, M. (1997). Behavioral genetics (3rd ed.). New york: w. H. Freeman.
Polanczyk, G., Silva de Lima, M., Horta, B. L., Biederman, J., & Rohde, L. A. (2007). The worldwide prevalence of ADHD: A systematic review and metaregression analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 942-948.
Porrino, L. J., Rapoport, J. L., Behar, D., Sceery, W., Ismond, D. R., & Bunney, W. E., Jr. (1983). A naturalistic assessment of the motor activity of hyperactive boys. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, 681–687.
Quay, H. C. (1997). Inhibition and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 25, 7-13.
Rabiner, D., Coie, J. D., and the Conduct Problems Prevention Research Group. (2000). Early attention problems and children’s reading achievement: A longitudinal investigation. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 859-867.
Rapoport, J. L., Buchsbaum, M. S., Zahn, T. P., Weingarten, H., Ludlow, C., & Mikkelsen, E. J. (1978). Destroamphetamine: Cognitive and behavioral effects in normal prepubertal boys. Science, 199, 560-563.
Rapoport, J. L., Donnelly, M., Zametkin, A., & Carrougher, J. (1986). “Situational hyperactivity” in a U.S. clinical setting. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 27, 639– 646.
Rapport, M. D., Scanlan, S. W., & Denney, C. B. (21999). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and scholastic achievement: A model of dual developmental pathways. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 40, 1169-1183.
Rapport, M. D., Tucker, S. B., DuPaul, G. J., Merlo, M., & Stoner, G. (1986). Hyperactivity and frustration: The influence of control over and size of rewards in delaying gratification. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 14, 181–204.
Raskin, L. A. Shaywitz, S. E., Shaywitz, B. A., Anderson, G. M., & Cohen, D. J. (1984). Neurochemical correlates of attention deficit disorder. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 31, 387-396.
Rasmussen, P., & Gillberg, C. (2001). Natural outcome of ADHD with developmental coordination disorder at age 22 years: A controlled, longitudinal, community-based study. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 1424-1431.
Reebye, P. N. (1997). Diagnosis and treatment of ADHD in preschoolers. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Toronto, October.
Refetoff, S., Weiss, R. W., & Usala, S. J. (1993). The syndromes of resistance to thyroid hormone. Endocrine Research, 14, 348-399.
Rhee, S. H., Waldman, I. D., Hay, D. A., & Levy, F. (1995). Sex differences in genetic and environmental influences on DSM-III-R attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Behavior Genetics, 25, 285.
Richman, N., Stevenson, J., & Graham, P. (1982). Preschool to school: A behavioural study. New York: Academic Press.
Roberts, M. A. (1990). A behavioral observation method for differentiating hyperactive and aggressive boys. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 18, 131–142.
Rohde, L. A., Biederman, J., Busnello, E. A., Zimmermann, H., Schmitz, M., Martins, S., & Tramontina, S. (1999). ADHD in a school sample of Brazilian adolescents: A study of prevalence, comorbid conditions, and impairments. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 716-722.
Roizen, N. J., Blondis, T. A., Irwin, M., & Stein, M. (1994). Adaptive functioning in children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine, 148, 1137-1142.
Romano, E., Tremblay, R. E., Vitaro, F., Zoccolillo, M., and Pagani, L. (2001). Prevalene of psychiatric diagnoses and the role of perceived impairment: findings from an adolescent community sample. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42, 451-462.
Roth, N., Beyreiss, J., Schlenzka, K., & Beyer, H. (1991). Coincidence of attention deficit disorder and atopic disorders in children: Empirical findings and hypothetical background. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 19, 1–13.
Rothenberger, A. (1995). Electrical brain activity in children with hyperkinetic syndrome: Evidence of a frontal cortical dysfunction. In J. A. Sergeant (Ed.), Eunethydis: European approaches to hyperkinetic disorder (pp. 255-270). Amsterdam: Author.
Routh, D. K., & Schroeder, C. S. (1976). Standardized playroom measures as indices of hyperactivity. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 4, 199–207.
Rubia, K., Overmeyer, S., Taylor, E., Brammer, M., Williams, S. C. R., Simmons, A., & Bullmore, E. T. (1999). Hypofrontality in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder during higher-order motor control: A study with functional MRI. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 891-896.
Rucklidge, J. J., & Tannock, R. (2001). Psychiatric, psychosocial, and cognitive functioning of female adolescents with ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,40, 530-540.
Russo, M. F., & Beidel, D. C. (1994). Comorbidity of childhood anxiety and externalizing disorders: Prevalence, associated characteristics, and validation issues. Clinical Psychology Review, 14, 199–221.
Rutter, M. (1977). Brain damage syndromes in childhood: Concepts and findings. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 18, 1–21.
Rutter, M., Bolten, P., Harrington, R., LeCouteur, A., Macdonald, H., & Simonoff, E. (1990). Genetic factors in child psychiatric disorders—I. A review of research strategies. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 31, 3–37.
Rutter, M., Macdonald, H., LeCouteur, A., Harrington, R., Bolton, P., & Bailey, P. (1990). Genetic factors in child psychiatric disorders—II. Empirical findings. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 31, 39–83.
Sachs, G. S., Baldassano, C. F., Truman, C. J., & Guille, C. (2000). Comorbidity of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder with early- and late-onset bipolar disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 466-468.
Sagvolden, T., Johansen, E. P., Ase, H., & Russell, V. A. (2005). A dynamic developmental theory of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) predominantly hyperactive/impulsive and combined types. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 28, 397-468.
Samuel, V. J., George, P., Thornell, A., Curtis, S., Taylor, A., Brome, D., Mick, E., Faraone, S. V., & Biederman, J. (1999). A pilot controlled family study of DSM-III-R and DSM-IV ADHD in African-American children. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 34-39.
Sanchez, R. P., Lorch, E. P., Milich, R., & Welsh, R. (1999). Comprehension of televised stories in preschool children with ADHD. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 28, 376-385.
Satterfield, J. H., Hoppe, C. M., & Schell, A. M. (1982). A prospective study of delinquency in 110 adolescent boys with attention deficit disorder and 88 normal adolescent boys. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 795– 798.
Schachar, R. J., & Logan, G. D. (1990). Impulsivity and inhibitory control in normal development and childhood psychopathology. Developmental Psychology, 26, 710– 720.
Schachar, R., Rutter, M., & Smith, A. (1981). The characteristics of situationally and pervasively hyperactive children: Implications for syndrome definition. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 22, 375–392.
Schachar, R. J., Tannock, R., & Logan, G. (1993). Inhibitory control, impulsiveness, and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Clinical Psychology Review, 13, 721– 740.
Schachar, R., Taylor, E., Weiselberg, M., Thorley, G., & Rutter, M. (1987). Changes in family function and relationships in children who respond to methylphenidate. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 26, 728–732.
Scheres, A., Oosterlaan, J., & Sergeant, J. A. (2001). Response execution and inhibition in children with AD/HD and other disruptive disorders: The role of behavioural activation. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42, 347-357.
Schleifer, M., Weiss, G., Cohen, N. J., Elman, M., Cvejic, H., & Kruger, E. (1975). Hyperactivity in preschoolers and the effect of methylphenidate. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 45, 38–50.
Schothorst, P. F., & van Engeland, H. (1996). Long-term behavioral sequelae of prematurity. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 175-183.
Schrag, P., & Divoky, D. (1975). The myth of the hyperactive child. New York: Pantheon.
Schweitzer, J. B., Faber, T. L., Grafton, S. T., Tune, L. E., Hoffman, J. M., Kilts, C. D. (2000). Alterations in the functional anatomy of working memory in adult attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 278-280
Seidman, L. J., Benedict, K. B., Biederman, J., Bernstein, J. H., Seiverd, K., Milberger, S., Norman, D., Mick, E., & Faraone, S. V. (1995). Performance of children with ADHD on the Rey-Osterrieth Complex Figure: A pilot neuropsychological study. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 36, 1459-1473.
Seidman, L. J., Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., Milberger, S., Norman, D., Seiverd, K., Benedict, K., Guite, J., Mick, E., & Kiely, K. (1995). Effects of family history and comorbidity on the neuropsychological performance of children with ADHD: Preliminary findings. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 1015-1024.
Seidman, L. J., Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., Weber, W., & Ouellette, C. (1997). Toward defining a neuropsychology of attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder: Performance of children and adolescence from a large clinically referred sample. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 65, 150-160.
Seguin, J. R., Boulerice, B., Harden, P. W., Tremblay, R. E., & Pihl, R. O. (1999). Executive functions and physical aggression after controlling for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, general memory, and IQ. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 40, 1197-1208.
Semrud-Clikeman, M., Biederman, J., Sprich-Buckminster, S., Lehman, B. K., Faraone, S. V., & Norman, D. (1992). Comorbidity between ADDH and learning disability: A review and report in a clinically referred sample. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 439-448.
Semrud-Clikeman, M., Filipek, P. A., Biederman, J., Steingard, R., Kennedy, D., Renshaw, P., & Bekken, K. (1994). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: Magnetic resonance imaging morphometric analysis of the corpus callosum. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 33, 875–881.
Semrud-Clikeman, M., Steingard, R. J., Filipek, P., Biederman, J., Bekken, K., & Renshaw, P. F. (2000). Using MRI to examine brain-behavior relationships in males with attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity. Journal of the American Acdemy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 477-484.
Sergeant, J. (1988). From DSM-III attentional deficit disorder to functional defects. In L. Bloomingdale & J. Sergeant (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder: Criteria, cognition, and intervention (pp. 183–198). New York: Pergamon.
Sergeant, J., & van der Meere, J. P. (1994). Toward an empirical child psychopathology. In D. K. Routh (Ed.), Disruptive behavior disorders in children (pp. 59–86). New York: Plenum Press.
Shaywitz, S. E., Cohen, D. J., & Shaywitz, B. E. (1980). Behavior and learning difficulties in children of normal intelligence born to alcoholic mothers. Journal of Pediatrics, 96, 978–982.
Shaywitz, S. E., Shaywitz, B. A., Cohen, D. J., & Young, J. G. (1983). Monoaminergic mechanisms in hyperactivity. In M. Rutter (Ed.), Developmental neuropsychiatry (pp. 330347). New York: Guilford.
Shaywitz, S. E., Shaywitz, B. A., Jatlow, P. R., Sebrechts, M., Anderson, G. M., & Cohen, D. J. (1986). Biological differentiation of attention deficit disorder with and without hyperactivity. A preliminary report. Annals of Neurology, 21, 363.
Shelton, T. L., Barkley, R. A., Crosswait, C., Moorehouse, M., Fletcher, K., Barrett, S., Jenkins, L., & Metevia, L. (1998). Psychiatric and psychological morbidity as a function of adaptive disability in preschool children with high levels of aggressive and hyperactive-impulsive-inattentive behavior. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26, 475-494.
Sherman, D. K., Iacono, W. G., & McGue M. K. (1997). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder dimensions: A twin study of inattention and impulsivity-hyperactivity. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 745-753.
Sherman, D. K., McGue, M. K., & Iacono, W. G. (1997). Twin concordance for attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: A comparison of teachers’ and mothers’ reports. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 532-535.
Silberg, J., Rutter, M., Meyer, J., Maes, H., Hewitt, J., Simonoff, E., Pickles, A., Loeber, R., & Eaves, L. (1996). Genetic and environmental influences on the covariation between hyperactivity and conduct disturbance in juvenile twins. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 37, 803-816.
Silva, P. A., Hughes, P., Williams, S., & Faed, J. M. (1988). Blood lead, intelligence, reading attainment, and behaviour in eleven year old children in Dunedin, New Zealand. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 29, 43–52.
Silverman, I. W., & Ragusa, D. M. (1992). Child and maternal correlates of impulse control in 24-month old children. Genetic, Social, and General Psychology Monographs, 116, 435–473.
Simmell, C., & Hinshaw, S. P. (1993, March). Moral reasoning and antisocial behavior in boys with ADHD. Poster presented at the biennial meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development, New Orleans.
Singer, H. S., Reiss, A. L., Brown, J. E., Aylward, E. H., Shih, B., Chee, E., Harris, E. L., Reader, M. J., Chase, G. A., Bryan, R. N., & Denckla, M. B. (1993). Volumetric MRI changes in basal ganglia of children with Tourette’s syndrome. Neurology, 43, 950-956.
Slusarek, M., Velling, S., Bunk, D., & Eggers, C. (2001). Motivational effects on inhibitory control in children with ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 355-363.
Smalley, S. L., McGough, J. J., Del’Homme, M., NewDelman, J., Gordon, E., Kim, T., Liu, A., & McCracken, J. T. (2000). Familial clustering of symptoms and disruptive behaviors in multiplex families with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 1135-1143.
Sonuga-Barke, E. J., Lamparelli, M., Stevenson, J., Thompson, M., & Henry, A. (1994). Behaviour problems and pre-school intellectual attainment: The associations of hyperactivity and conduct problems. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 35, 949–960.
SonugaBarke, E. J. S., Taylor, E., & Hepinstall, E. (1992). Hyperactivity and delay aversion II. The effect of self versus externally imposed stimulus presentation periods on memory. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 33, 399409.
Solanto, M. V., Abikoff, H., Sonuga-Barke, E., Schachar, R., Logan, G. D., Wigal, T., Hechtman, L., Hinshaw, S., & Turkel, E. (2001). The ecological validity of delay aversion and response inhibition as measures of impulsivity in AD/HD: A supplement to the NIMH Multimodal Treatment Study of ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 215-228.
Sonuhara, G. A., Barr, C., Schachar, R. J., Tannock, R., Roberts, W., Malone, M. A., Jain, U. R., & Kennedy, J. L. (1997). Association study of the dopamine D4 receptor gene in children and adolescents with ADHD. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Toronto, October.
Southam-Gerow, M. A., & Kendall, P. C. (2002). Emotion regulation and understanding: Impliations for child psychopathology and therapy. Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 189-222.
Spencer, T. J., Biederman, J., Faraone, S., Mick, E., Coffey, B., Geller, D., Kagan, J., Bearman, S. K., & Wilens, T. (2001). Impact of tic disorders on ADHD outcome across the life cycle: findings from a large group of adults with and without ADHD. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 6110617.
Spencer, T. J., Biederman, J., Harding, M., O’Donnell, D., Faraone, S. V., & Wilens, T. E. (1996). Growth deficits in ADHD children revisited: Evidence for disorder-associated growth delays? Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 1460-1469.
Spencer, T., Wilens, T., Biederman, J., Wozniak, J., & Harding-Crawford, M. (2000). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder with mood disorders. In T. E. Brown (Ed.), Attention deficit disorders and comorbidities in children, adolescents, and adults (pp. 79-124). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Sprich, S., Biederman, J., Crawford, M. H., Mundy, E., & Faraone, S. V. (2000). Adoptive and biological families of children and adolescents with ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolesent Psychiatry, 39, 1432-1437.
Stein, M. A. (1999). Unravelling sleep problems in treated and untreated children with ADHD. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 9, 157-168.
Stein, M. A., Szumowski, E., Blondis, T. A., & Roizen, N. J. (1995). Adaptive skills dysfunction in ADD and ADHD children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 36, 663–670.
Stein, M. A., Weiss, R. E., & Refetoff, S. (1995). Neurocognitive characteristics of individuals with resistance to thyroid hormone: Comparisons with individuals with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 16, 406-411.
Stevenson, J., Pennington, B. F., Gilger, J. W., DeFries, J. C., & Gilies, J. J. (1993). Hyperactivity and spelling disability: Testing for shared genetic aetiology. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 34, 1137–1152.
Stewart, M. A. (1970). Hyperactive children. Scientific American, 222, 94–98.
Stewart, M. A., Pitts, F. N., Craig, A. G., & Dieruf, W. (1966). The hyperactive child syndrome. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 36, 861–867.
Stewart, M. A., Thach, B. T., & Friedin, M. R. (1970). Accidental poisoning and the hyperactive child syndrome. Disease of the Nervous System, 31, 403–407.
Still, G. F. (1902). Some abnormal psychical conditions in children. Lancet, 1, 1008–1012, 1077–1082, 1163–1168.
Strauss, A. A., & Kephardt, N. C. (1955). Psychopathology and education of the brain-injured child: Vol. 2. Progress in theory and clinic. New York: Grune & Stratton.
Strauss, A. A., & Lehtinen, L. E. (1947). Psychopathology and education of the brain-injured child. New York: Grune & Stratton.
Strauss, M. E., Thompson, P., Adams, N. L., Redline, S., & Burant, C. (2000). Evaluation of a model of attention with confirmatory factor analysis. Neuropsycholoy, 14, 201-208.
Streissguth, A. P., Bookstein, F. L., Sampson, P. D., & Barr, H. M. (1995). Attention: Prenatal alcohol and continuities of vigilance and attentional problems from 4 through 14 years. Development and Psychopathology, 7, 419-446.
Streissguth, A. P., Martin, D. C., Barr, H. M., Sandman, B. M., Kirchner, G. L., & Darby, B. L. (1984). Intrauterine alcohol and nicotine exposure: Attention and reaction time in 4–year-old children. Developmental Psychology, 20, 533–541.
Stryker, S. (1925). Encephalitis lethargica—The behavior residuals. Training School Bulletin, 22, 152–157.
Stuss, D. T., & Benson, D. F. (1986). The frontal lobes. New York: Raven Press.
Swaab-Barneveld, H., DeSonneville, L., Cohen-Kettenis, P., Gielen, A., Buitelaar, J., & van Engeland, H. (2000). Visual sustained attention in a child psychiatric population. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,39, 651-659.
Swanson, J. M., Sunohara, G. A., Kennedy, J. L., Regino, R., Fineberg, E., Wigal, E., LaHoste, G. J., & Wigal, S. (1997). Association of the dopamine receptor D4 (DRD4) gene with a refined phenotype of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD): A family-based approach. Submitted for publication, University of California at Irvine.
Sykes, D. H., Hoy, E. A., Bill, J. M., McClure, B. G., Halliday, H. L., & Reid, M. M. (1997). Behavioural adjustment in school of very low birthweight children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 38, 315-325.
Szatmari, P. (1992). The epidemiology of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorders. In G. Weiss (Ed.), Child and adolescent psychiatric clinics of North America: Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (pp. 361–372). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Szatmari, P., Offord, D. R., & Boyle, M. H. (1989). Correlates, associated impairments, and patterns of service utilization of children with attention deficit disorders: Findings from the Ontario Child Health Study. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 30, 205–217.
Szatmari, P., Saigal, S., Rosenbaum, P. & Campbell, D. (1993). Psychopathology and adaptive functioning among extremely low birthweight children at eight years of age. Development and Psychopathology, 5, 345-357.
Tallmadge, J., & Barkley, R. A. (1983). The interactions of hyperactive and normal boys with their mothers and fathers. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 11, 565–579.
Tannock, R. (1998). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: advances in cognitive, neurobiological, and genetic research. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 39, 65-100.
Tannock, R. (2000). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder with anxiety disorders. In T. E. Brown (Ed.), Attention deficit disorders and comorbidities in children, adolescents, and adults (pp. 125-170). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Tannock, R., & Brown, T. E. (2000). Attention-deficit disorders with learning disorders in children and adolescents. In T. E. Brown (Ed.), Attention deficit disorders and comorbidities in children, adolescents, and adults (pp. 231-296). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Tannock, R., Martinussen, R., & Frijters, J. (2000). Naming speed performance and stimulant effects indicate effortful, semantic processing deficits in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 237-252.
Tarver-Behring, S., Barkley, R. A., & Karlsson, J. (1985). The mother–child interactions of hyperactive boys and their normal siblings. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55, 202–209.
Taylor, E. (1999). Developmental neuropsychology of attention deficit and impulsiveness. Development and Psychopathology, 11, 607-628.
Taylor, E., Sandberg, S., Thorley, G., & Giles, S. (1991). The epidemiology of childhood hyperactivity. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Teicher, M. H., Anderson, C. M., Polcari, A., Glod, C. A., Maas, L. C., & Renshaw, P. F. (2000). Functional deficits in basal ganglia of children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder shown with functional magnetic resonance imaging relaxometry. Nature Medicine, 6, 470-473.
Thapar, A. J. (1999). Genetic basis of attention deficit and hyperactivity. Briisht Journal of Psychiatry, 174, 105-111
Thapar, A., Hervas, A., & McGuffin, P. (1995). Childhood hyperactivity scores are highly heritable and show sibling competition effects: Twin study evidence. Behavior Genetics, 25, 537-544.
Torgesen, J. K. (1994). Issues in the assessment of of executive function: An information-processing perspective. In G. R. Lyon (Ed.), Frames of reference for the assessment of learning disabilities: New views on measurement issues (pp. 143–162). Baltimore: Brookes.
Tripp, G., & Alsop, B. (1999). Sensitivity to reward frequency in boys with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 28, 366-375.
Tripp, G., & Alsop, B. (2001). Sensitivity to reward delay in children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42, 691-698.
Trites, R. L. (1979). Hyperactivity in children: Etiology, measurement, and treatment implications. Baltimore: University Park Press.
Trites, R. L., Dugas, F., Lynch, G., & Ferguson, B. (1979). Incidence of hyperactivity. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 4, 179–188.
Trommer, B. L., Hoeppner, J. B., Rosenberg, R. S., Armstrong, K. J., & Rothstein, J. A. (1988). Sleep disturbances in children with attention deficit disorder. Annals of Neurology, 24, 325.
Ullman, D. G., Barkley, R. A., & Brown, H. W. (1978). The behavioral symptoms of hyperkinetic children who successfully responded to stimulant drug treatment. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 48, 425437.
Vaidya, C. J., Austin, G., Kirkorian, G., Ridlehuber, H. W., Desmond, J. E., Glover, G. H., Gabrieli, J. D. E. (1998). Selective effects ofmethylphenidate in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: A functional magnetic resonance study. Proceedings of the national Academy of Science, 95, 14494-14499.
van den Oord, E. J. C. G., Boomsma, D. I., & Verhulst, F. C. (1994). A study of problem behaviors in 10- to 15-year-old biologically related and unrelated international adoptees. Behavior Genetics, 24, 193–205.
van den Oord, E. J. C., & Rowe, D. C. (1997). Continuity and change in children’s social maladjustment: A developmental behavior genetic study. Developmental Psychology, 33, 319-332.
Velez, C. N., Johnson, J., & Cohen, P. (1989). A longitudinal analysis of selected risk factors for childhood psychopathology. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, 861–864.
Velting, O. N., & Whitehurst, G. J. (197). Inattention-hyperactivity and reading achievement in children from low-income families: A longitudinal model. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 25, 321-331.
Voelker, S. L., Carter, R. A., Sprague, D. J., Gdowski, C. L., & Lachar, D. (1989). Developmental trends in memory and metamemory in children with attention deficit disorder. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 14, 75–88.
Volkow, N. D., Wang, G. J., Fowler, J. S., Logan, J., Gerasimov, M., Maynard, L., Ding, Y., Gatley, S. J., Gifford, A., & Franceschi, D. (2001). Therapeutic doses of oral methylphenidate significantly increase extracelluar dopamine in the human brain. The journal of Neuroscience, 21, 1-5.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1987). Thinking and speech. In The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky: Vol. 1. Problems in general psychology (N. Minick, Trans.). New York: Plenum Press.
Waschbusch, D. A. (2002). A meta-analytic examination of comorbid hyperactive-impulsive-attention problems and conduct problems. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 118-150.
Wakefield, J. C. (1999). Evolutionary versus prototype analyses of the concept of disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 374-399.
Wallander, J. L., Schroeder, S. R., Michelli, J. A., & Gualtieri, C. T. (1987). Classroom social interactions of attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity children as a function of stimulant medication. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 12, 61–76.
Weiss, G., & Hechtman, L. (1993). Hyperactive children grown up (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Weiss, R. E., Stein, M. A., Trommer, B. et al. (1993). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and thyroid function. Journal of Pediatrics, 123, 539-545.
Welner, Z., Welner, A., Stewart, M., Palkes, H., & Wish, E. (1977). A controlled study of siblings of hyperactive children. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 165, 110– 117.
Welsh, M. C., & Pennington, B. F. (1988). Assessing frontal lobe functioning in children: Views from developmental psychology. Developmental Neuropsychology, 4, 199– 230.
Werner, E. E., Bierman, J. M., French, F. W., Simonian, K., Connor, A., Smith, R. S., & Campbell, M. (1971). Reproductive and environmental casualties: A report on the 10-year follow-up of the children of the Kauai pregnancy study. Pediatrics, 42, 112-127.
Werry, J. S., Elkind, G. S., & Reeves, J. S. (1987). Attention deficit, conduct, oppositional, and anxiety disorders in children: III. Laboratory differences. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 15, 409–428.
Werry, J. S., & Quay, H. C. (1971). The prevalence of behavior symptoms in younger elementary school children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 41, 136–143.
Whalen, C. K., & Henker, B. (1992). The social profile of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: Five fundamental facets. In G. Weiss (Ed.), Child and adolescent psychiatric clinics of North America: Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (pp. 395–410). Philadelphia: Saunders.
Whalen, C. K., Henker, B., Collins, B. E., McAuliffe, S., & Vaux, A. (1979). Peer interaction in structured communication task: Comparisons of normal and hyperactive boys and of methylphenidate (Ritalin) and placebo effects. Child Development, 50, 388–401.
Whalen, C. K., Henker, B., & Dotemoto, S. (1980). Methylphenidate and hyperactivity: Effects on teacher behaviors. Science, 208, 1280–1282.
Whalen, C. K., Henker, B., Swanson, J. M., Granger, D., Kliewer, W., & Spencer, J. (1987). Natural social behaviors in hyperactive children: Dose effects of methylphenidate. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 55, 187–193.
White, H. R., Xie, M., Thompson, W., Loeber, R., & Southamer-Loeber, M. (in press). Psychopathology as a predictor of adolescent drug use trajectories. Psychology of Addictive Behavior.
Whittaker, A. H., Van Rossem, R., Feldman, J. F., Schonfeld, I. S., Pinto-Martin, J. A., Torre, C., Shaffer, D., & Paneth, N. (1997). Psychiatric outcomes in low-birth-weight children at age 6 years: Relation to neonatal cranial ultrasound abnormalities. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 847-856.
Wiers, R. W., Gunning, W. B., & Sergeant, J. A. (1998). Is a mild deficit in executive functions in boys related to childhood ADHD or to parental multigenerational alcoholism. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 26, 415-430.
Wilens, T. E., Biederman, J., & Spencer, T. (1994). Clonidine for sleep disturbances associated with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 33, 424-426.
Willcutt, E. G., Pennington, B. F., Boada, R., Ogline, J. S., Tunick, R. A., Chhabildas, N. A., & Olson, R. K. (2001). A comparison of the cognitive deficits in reading disability and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 157-172.
Willcutt, E. G., Pennington, B. F., Chhabildas, N. A., Friedman, M. C., & Alexander, J. (1999). Psychiatric comorbidity associated with DSM-IV ADHD in a nonreferred sample of twins. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry,38, 1355-1362.
Willerman, L. (1973). Activity level and hyperactivity in twins. Child Development, 44, 288–293.
Willis, T. J., & Lovaas, I. (1977). A behavioral approach to treating hyperactive children: The parent’s role. In J. B. Millichap (Ed.), Learning disabilities and related disorders (pp. 119–140). Chicago: Yearbook Medical Publications.
Winsler, A. (1998). Parent-child interaction and private speech in boys with ADHD. Applied Developmental Science, 2, 17-39.
Winsler, A., Diaz, R. M., Atencio, D. J., McCarthy, E. M., & Chabay, L. A. (2000). Verbal self-regulation over time in preschool children at risk for attention and behavior problems. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 41, 875-886.
Wolraich, M. L., Hannah, J. N., Baumgaertel, A., & Feurer, I. D. (1998). Examination of DSM-IV criteria for attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a county-wide sample. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 19, 162-168.
Wolraich, M . L., Hannah, J. N., Pinnock, T. Y., Baumgaertel, A., & Brown, J. (1996). Comparison of diagnostic criteria for attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in a country-wide sample. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 319-324.
Wood, F. B., & Felton, R. H. (1994). Separate linguistic and attentional factors in the development of reading. Topics in language disorders, 14, 52–57.
Woodward, L. J., Fergusson, D. M., & Horwood, L. J. (2000). Driving outcomes of young people with attentional difficulties in adolescence. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 627-634.
World Health Organization. (1993). The ICD-10 classification of mental and behavioral disorders: Diagnostic criteria for research. Geneva, Switzerland: Author.
Wozniak, J., Biederman, J., Kiely, K., Ablon, S., Faraone, S. V., Mundy, E., & Mennin, D. (1995). Mania-like symptoms suggestive of childhood-onset bipolar disorder in clinically referred children. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 867-876.
Zagar, R., & Bowers, N. D. (1983). The effect of time of day on problem-solving and classroom behavior. Psychology in the Schools, 20, 337–345.
Zametkin, A. J., Liebenauer, L. L., Fitzgerald, G. A., King, A. C., Minkunas, D. V., Herscovitch, P., Yamada, E. M., & Cohen, R. M. (1993). Brain metabolism in teenagers with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 333–340.
Zametkin, A. J., Nordahl, T. E., Gross, M., King, A. C., Semple, W. E., Rumsey, J., Hamburger, S., & Cohen, R. M. (1990). Cerebral glucose metabolism in adults with hyperactivity of childhood onset. New England Journal of Medicine, 323, 1361–1366.
Zametkin, A. J., & Rapoport, J. L. (1986). The pathophysiology of attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity: A review. In B. B. Lahey & A. E. Kazdin (Eds.), Advances in clinical child psychology (Vol. 9, pp. 177-216). New York: Plenum.
Zentall, S. S. (1985). A context for hyperactivity. In K. Gadow & I. Bialer (Eds.), Advances in learning and behavioral disabilities (Vol. 4, pp. 273–343). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Zentall, S. S. (1988). Production deficiencies in elicited language but not in the spontaneous verbalizations of hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 16, 657–673.
Zentall, S. S., & Smith, Y. S. (1993). Mathematical performance and behavior of children with hyperactivity with and without coexisting aggression. Behavior Research and Therapy, 31, 701–710.
© Copyright 2004-2008 by ContinuingEdCourses.Net, Inc. All rights reserved.